August 15, 2009 Project No RMW 2009 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "August 15, 2009 Project No RMW 2009 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED"

Transcription

1 PROJECT MANUAL - Bid Set Issued for review by CSU CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY Student Services Replacement Building First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Hayward, California August 15, 2009 Project No RMW 2009 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 160 Pine Street Tel San Francisco, CA Fax

2 Issued for CSU Review August 15, 2009 DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE CERTIFICATION PAGE not issued TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCURING AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GENERAL CONDITIONS "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects" Other documents to be provided by the University. FACILITY CONSTRUCTION Section Number TITLE Section Description DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY Summary of the Work, Work phases, Owner-furnished products, use of premises, and work restrictions; miscellaneous provisions ALTERNATES Alternate No PAYMENT PROCEDURES Administrative requirements for payment PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Administrative requirements for project meetings and coordination. Contractor's Construction Schedule, Submittals Schedule, and reports SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Procedures for submitting Action and Informational Submittals QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Quality-assurance and -control requirements and special inspections REFERENCES Common definitions and terms; and acronyms and trade names of associations, government agencies, and other entities referenced in the Specifications. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 4

3 Issued for CSU Review August 15, 2009 DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Temporary utilities and facilities for support, security, and protection SAFETY AND HEALTH This section is provided by the University PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Administrative and procedural requirements for product selection and handling, warranties, and product substitutions EXECUTION Progress cleaning, and general requirements for product installation CUTTING AND PATCHING Special procedures CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout MAINTENANCE DATA Maintenance manual for products and equipment AS BUILT DOCUMENTS Documents documenting existing conditions for use by the Architect in the preparation of the Project Record Documents. DIVISIONS 2 THROUGH 4 NOT USED DIVISION 05 - METALS METAL FABRICATIONS Miscellaneous supports. DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Standing and running trim; custom cabinets with flush wood paneling, solid-surfacing-material countertops; plastic laminate cladding and countertops. DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION Unfaced acoustical insulation for interior partitions and ceilings PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Through-penetration firestop systems BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS Sealants for new aluminum framed storefront entrances at aluminum curtain wall. Acoustica and general use (paintable) sealants. DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS ALUMINUM FRAMES Frames for interior doors and sidelights, and windows, rated and not rated, clear anodized INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS Wood-veneer-faced units, rated and non-rated. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 4

4 Issued for CSU Review August 15, 2009 DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Wall and ceiling units ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES New entrance door at existing aluminum curtain wall framing DOOR HARDWARE Commercial door hardware for swinging doors BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING Building interior applications: Interior borrowed lites, not rated. DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Steel framing for gypsum board partitions and ceilngs GYPSUM BOARD Interior gypsum board ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Mineral-base panels with exposed suspension systems. Attachment: DSA- IR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Acoustical suspended ceilings details and requirements. Resilient base and molding accessories SHEET CARPETING Commercial carpet, direct glue-down installation WALL COVERINGS Wall coverings This item is ONLY for Alternate 1 scope of work INTERIOR PAINTING Surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates. DIVISIONS 10 TO 14 NOT USED DIVISIONS 20 TO 22 NOT USED FACILITY SERVICES DIVISION 23 - HVAC MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS METERS, GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS VALVES SUPPORTS, HANGERS, ANCHORS AND SLEEVES VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ACCESS DOORS IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS IDENTIFICATION MECHANICAL SYSTEMS BALANCING INSULATION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 4

5 Issued for CSU Review August 15, 2009 DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL MECHANICAL STARTING AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS MECHANICAL SYSTEMS STARTING AND TESTING CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 ENERGY STANDARDS HVAC ACCEPTANCE TESTING BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (BMS) AUTOMATIC CONTROL SEQUENCES HYDRONIC SYSTEMS SPECIALTIES PIPING AND ACCESSORIES DUCTWORK DAMPERS ACOUSTICS AIR TERMINAL UNITS AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS HYDRONIC COOLING AND HEATING COILS DIVISIONS 24 AND 25 NOT USED DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION VOLT WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING SYSTEM RACEWAYS AND BOXES VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS WIRING DEVICES VOLT FUSES DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND INDIVIDUAL MOTOR CONTROLLERS LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS DIVISIONS 27 TO 50 NOT USED END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 4

6 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section includes: 1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type of the Contract. 3. Trustees-furnished products. 4. Use of premises. 5. Trustees' occupancy requirements. 6. Work restrictions. 7. Specification formats and conventions. 8. Information provided by the Trustees. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of the Trustees' facilities. 2. Attachment 2 Safety and Health: Measures mandated by the Trustees to be implemented by Contractor. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Completion: 1. Refer to General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: 1. Name: Student Services Administration Replacement Building First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) 2. Project Location: CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY EASTBAY CAMPUS 3. University: CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY - East bay. University is identified in the Construction Documents as "Trustees". 4. Trustees' Representative: David Schultz, Design & Construction Coordinator Carlos Bee Boulevard, Room ST170 Hayward, CA (510) voice; (510) fax 5. Contractor: The Contractor will be selected through bidding process. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 5

7 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 B. The Work consists of the following: 1. Interior construction of the First Floor Lobby and reconfiguration and replacement of an exterior door in the curtain wall of the Student Services Administration Building. Refer to the Drawings Sheet G.2 for a summary description of the Project. 2. The Work is described in the Construction Documents prepared by Robinson Mills + Williams, Architecture + Design, 160 Pine Street, San Francisco, CA 94111, dated August 15, INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO CONTRACTOR A. Existing Conditions: 1. The information used by the Architect for its design was provided by the Trustees, however, this information is not a warranty of the existing conditions on the site. 2. Visit the site and become familiar with existing conditions. 3. If in the Contractor s opinion additional investigation is required, notify the Trustees Representative in writing, and submit supporting information including type of investigation proposed to the Trustees Representative for review before proceeding. 1.5 TYPE OF CONTRACT 1. Project will be constructed under a single contract. 1.6 TRUSTEES-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 1. The Trustees will furnish products indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work includes providing support systems to receive Trustees' equipment and making plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections. B. Trustees Responsibilities: 1. Trustees will submit to the Contractor at a reasonable time inventories and descriptions of the equipment and other products furnished by University for use by the Contractor in determining its scope of Work. 2. The Trustees Representative will arrange for and deliver applicable submittals by providers to Contractor. 3. The Trustees will arrange and pay for delivery of Trustees-furnished items according to Contractor's Construction Schedule. 4. After delivery, Trustees Representative will inspect delivered items for damage. Contractor shall be present for and assist in Trustees' Representative inspection. 5. If Trustees-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, the Trustees will arrange for replacement. 6. The Trustees Representative will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery of manufacturer's warranties to Contractor. 7. The Trustees will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for the Trustees-furnished products. Using the Trustees-furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Trustees-furnished items in Contractor's Construction Schedule. C. Contractor s Responsibilities: 1. Contractor shall review applicable submittals by providers and return them to Trustees Representative noting discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of product. 2. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Trustees-furnished items at Project site. 3. Contractor is responsible for protecting Trustees-furnished items from damage during storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements. 4. If Trustees-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall repair or replace them. 5. Where indicated, Contractor shall install and otherwise incorporate Trustees-furnished items into the Work. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 5

8 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 D. Trustees-Furnished Products to be Installed by Contractor: 1. Signage. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Contractor s Construction Schedule: 1. In the preliminary network diagram, indicate the following: a. Construction operations by separate contractors sequenced and coordinated with overall construction. b. Installation of Trustees provided products by Contractor. 2. Schedule work by Contractor required for installation, testing, and commissioning of University provided routers and other network equipment to be completed at least 90 days before Final Completion. 1.8 USE OF PREMISES A. Implementation Plan: 1. Five working days after notification of award of Contract, submit an Implementation Plan to Trustee's Representative for approval, indicating proposed location and duration of temporary facilities and controls. Indicate the following: a. Access to work area from existing parking. b. Maintenance of building evacuation routes. 2. Do not commence work until the Implementation Plan has been approved by Trustees. B. Use of Site: 1. Limit use of premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 2. Conduct the Work so as to impose no hardship on the Trustees or others engaged in the Trustees work nor cause any unreasonable delay or hindrance thereto. 3. Driveways and Entrances: a. Keep driveways parking and entrances serving premises clear and available to the Trustees, the Trustees' employees, the public, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials except where indicated by Trustees Representative. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. c. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 1.9 THE TRUSTEES' OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Partial Trustees Occupancy: 1. The Trustees will occupy the building during construction period with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with the Trustees during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate the Trustees and the public's usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Trustees' operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Maintain access to existing adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct access to other building areas without written permission from the Trustees and the University. 3. Provide not less than 3 working days notice to the Trustees of activities that will affect the Trustees' operations. B. Trustees Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: 1. The Trustees reserve the right to occupy and to place and install equipment before acceptance of the Work as indicated in Document , Contract General Conditions. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from the University before the Trustees occupancy. 3. During the construction periods, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational 1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1. Schedule construction activities to minimize disruption to the University and to Campus users. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 5

9 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 B. On-Site Work Hours: 1. Work shall be generally performed during normal business working hours, Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated. Coordinate with University Representative and the campus' schedule of class days, holidays, special activities and events, and working hours. 2. Coordinate with University Representative for the following: a. Weekend Hours. b. Early Morning Hours. c. Hours for Utility Shutdowns. d. Hours for Noisy Activities. Do not schedule noisy activities before 7:00 A.M. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: 1. Do not interrupt utilities unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: a. Notify University Representative not less than five working days in advance of proposed utility interruptions during the progress meeting previous to the proposed interruption. 1) In case of emergency, provide not less than 48 hours notice. b. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without University Representative written permission. 2. Review the Contract General Conditions and coordinate with University Representative for additional on Contractor's use of premises or to specify limitations because of Trustees occupancy SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: 1. The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 50-division format and CSI/CSC's "2004 MasterFormat" numbering system. 2. Section Identification: The Specifications use Section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete because all available Section numbers are not used. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of Sections in the Contract Documents. 3. Division 01: Sections in Division 01 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. B. Specification Content: 1. The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: a. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. b. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. c. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Health and Safety Plan: 1. Provide a Health and Safety Plan prior to the beginning of construction. Include the following: a. Identify the procedure the Contractor will follow to identify a "competent person" and named authority present on the job site with authority to stop hazardous work. This is an OSHA requirement. b. How the GC will ensure compliance with OSHA, ANSI, ASSE and &NIOSH regulations and standards for construction. c. An air quality plan for during construction indicating what specific measures the Contractor will take to protect the building occupants and the Childcare Center, the children and other RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 5

10 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 occupants from contamination by toxic materials, control of moisture damage, use and replacement of filters in the air handling units and the protection of the HVAC system during construction from particulate matter. Reference the enclosed specification provided by the University: Division 01 Section "Safety and Health". d. Indicate specific measures to protect from noise, toxic materials and other potential hazards during construction. e. How the Contractor will ensure that the employees will not pose additional risk to the security of the Childcare center and building (protect against sex offenders, drug presence, etc). f. Building access to the First Floor Lobby. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 5

11 SECTION ALTERNATES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. a. Unless otherwise specifically provided, the work described in Alternates shall be completed with no increase in Contract Time. b. Alternates will be accepted in the order listed. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: 1. An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to the Base Bid amount if the Trustees decide to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 2. The cost of each alternate is the net addition to the Contract Amount to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Amount. 1.3 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: 1. Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 2. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Notification: 1. Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C. General Conditions: 1. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. D. Schedule: 1. A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 2

12 SECTION ALTERNATES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: 1. Base Bid: Do not do include work in Rooms 1700 and 1701, Welcome Center. 2. Alternate: Include work indicated in Rooms 1700 and 1701, Welcome Center, including custom cabinets and ceiling, floor, and wall finishes, and associated work. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 2

13 SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing handling and processing of allowances. 2. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 3. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: 1. A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 1. Comply with the applicable requirements of the "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Payment Request forms. b. Submittals Schedule. c. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Submit the Schedule of Values to University Representative at earliest possible date but no later than the date indicated in the General Conditions. C. Format and Content: 1. Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 2

14 SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES Issued for Bid August 15, Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Trustees Representative. c. Trustees Representative's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Partial Payment Requests and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. Include separate line items under required principal subcontracts for punch list activities, Project As-Built Documents, and demonstration and testing. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified, include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing. 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Show temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-inplace as separate line items in the Schedule of Values. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when modifications to the Contract result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the Trustees Representative and paid for by Trustees. 2. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Forms: 1. Use forms provided by University for Applications for Payment. C. Application Preparation: 1. Complete every entry on form. Application shall be executed by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Trustees Representative will return incomplete applications without action. 2. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 3. Submit with each Application a separate certification of Contractor's Compliance with the "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January Include amounts of Change Orders and Bulletins issued before last day of construction period covered by application. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 2

15 SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: a. Coordination Drawings. b. Administrative and supervisory personnel. c. Project meetings, including the following: 1) Pre-construction conference. 2) Pre-installation conferences. 3) Progress meetings. 4) Project closeout meeting(s). C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation. 3. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 2. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. B. Memoranda: 1. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 2. Prepare similar memoranda for Trustees and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 6

16 SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION C. Administrative Procedures: 1. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. c. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. d. Delivery and processing of submittals. e. Progress meetings. f. Preinstallation conferences, if specified. g. Project closeout activities. h. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: 1. Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 2. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Trustees's property. E. General Coordination Requirements: 1. Coordinate the work; do not delegate responsibility for coordination to any subcontractor. 2. Anticipate the interrelationship of all subcontractors and their relationship with the total work. 3. Resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors and materials suppliers concerning coordination, interference, or extent of work between sections. The Contractor s decisions, if consistent with the Contract Documents, shall be final. Neither the Architect, or the Trustees Representative are required to coordinate work between sections and will not do so. 4. Coordinate the work of subcontractors and material suppliers, so that their work is performed in a manner to minimize interference with, and to facilitate the progress of the work. 5. Be responsible for providing anchorage, blocking, joining and other detailing as required to provide complete project. 6. Do not obstruct spaces required by Code in front of electrical equipment, access doors, etc. 7. Do not cover piping, wiring, ducts, etc., until properly inspected and approved and until proper certificates have been issued. 8. Remove and replace Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents with other materials and work which is in conformance with the Contract Documents. Repair or replace all other work damaged by these operations at no increase in contract price. 9. This work shall be coordinated with all associated work in a manner that will ensure that all work will be accomplished as rapidly as the progress of the project will permit and so that no work will be delayed for want of associated work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Key Personnel Names: 1. Within 10 working days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 2. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL 1. In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 6

17 SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS 1. Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Trustees and Trustees Representative of scheduled meeting dates and times. 3. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 4. Minutes: Unless otherwise indicated below, the Architect will prepare the minutes and record significant discussions and agreements achieved. The minutes will be distributed to everyone concerned, including the Trustees Representatives, Trustees Representative, and Contractor, within three working days of the meeting. Any comments by the Contractor regarding the minutes' content shall be done within three working days of receipt of the meetings; after such period of time, it will be assumed by the Trustees Representative, the Architect, and the Trustees Representative that Contractor is in agreement with the minutes as recorded. B. Preconstruction Conference: 1. A meeting will be scheduled at the Campus by the Trustees Representative immediately prior to Contractor move-in. Representatives of the Trustees, the Contractor, selected Subcontractors, Trustees Representative, Architect, and Architect s Consultants, and appropriate campus representatives will be present as needed. Job site procedures and the following items will be discussed. 2. The Trustees Representative will conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 3. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Trustees, Trustees Representative, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 4. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. c. Designation of key personnel and their duties. d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. e. Procedures for requests for interpretations (RFIs). f. Procedures for testing and inspecting. g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. h. Distribution of the Contract Documents. i. Submittal procedures. j. Preparation of As-Built Documents. k. Use of the premises. l. Work restrictions. m. Trustees's occupancy requirements. n. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. o. Construction waste management and recycling. p. Parking availability. q. Office, work, and storage areas. r. Equipment deliveries and priorities. s. First aid. t. Security. u. Progress cleaning. v. Working hours. 5. Minutes: The Architect will record and distribute meeting minutes as specified above in 1.5.A.4. C. Preinstallation Conferences: 1. Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 2. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Trustees Representative of scheduled meeting dates. 3. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. The Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related requests for interpretations (RFIs). RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 6

18 SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility problems. k. Time schedules. l. Manufacturer's written recommendations. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities and controls. q. Space and access limitations. r. Regulations of the University. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. t. Installation procedures. u. Coordination with other work. v. Protection of adjacent work. w. Protection of construction and personnel. 4. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 5. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. 6. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Progress Meetings: 1. The Trustees Representative will conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Trustees, Trustees Representative, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Provide at least a three-week look ahead schedule. This schedule shall be updated every two weeks. The Project Manager and Trustees Representative shall review this schedule to identify any early scheduling changes and/or conflicts. 4. Agenda: a. Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. b. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. c. Review schedule for next period. d. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Status of correction of deficient items. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 6

19 SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 14) Field observations. 15) Requests for interpretations (RFIs). 16) Status of proposal requests. 17) Pending changes. 18) Status of Change Orders. 19) Pending claims and disputes. 20) Documentation of information for payment requests. 5. Minutes: The Architect will record and distribute to Contractor the meeting minutes as specified in 1.5.A Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. 7. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the reports in each meeting. 1.6 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT MEETING 1. Coordinate with requirements of Division 01 Section "General Commissioning Requirements." 2. Approximately four to six weeks prior to the scheduled completion of the Project, for the convenience of the Contractor, the Trustees Representative will include in the standard meeting agenda a Project Close-out meeting. 3. The purpose is to produce an action-list of major items required to be completed prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion. 4. The action-list shall assign an action-responsibility and a projected action-completion date to each item. 5. The contractor shall be solely responsible for the timely completion of all required close-out items. 6. Items to be considered include: a. Punch list b. Keys/Keying c. Warrantees d. Record Drawings and Specifications e. Record Schedule f. State Fire Marshal Inspection g. Other Regulatory Inspection h. Removal of Temporary Facilities i. Final CleaningAcceptance j. Notice of Completion k. Final Payment l. Occupancy m. Other close-out items RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 6

20 SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.7 PARTNERING 1. The Trustees intend to encourage the foundation of a cohesive partnership with the Contractor and its subcontractors; the Trustees Representative; the Architect and its consultants; and the Trustees Representatives. This partnership will be structured to draw on the strengths of each organization to identify and achieve reciprocal goals. The objectives are effective and efficient contractor performance, intended to achieve completion within budget, on schedule, and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 6

21 SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION GANTT SCHEDULE SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION GANTT SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. 3. Review the General Conditions of the Contract and the Supplementary Conditions for additional requirements for preparing the Contractor's Construction Schedule. B. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Submittals Schedule. c. Construction reports. d. Material location reports. e. Field condition reports. f. Special reports. g. Logs C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 3. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 4. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: 1. A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: 1. Submit required submittals in the following format: PDF electronic file. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: 1. Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. C. Field Condition Reports: 1. Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 4

22 SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION GANTT SCHEDULE D. Special Reports: 1. Submit at time of unusual event. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-scheduling Conference: 1. Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's construction schedule. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: 1. Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of final completion. 2. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 3. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than two working days for startup and testing of HVAC, electrical, and display systems. 4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 10 working days for punch list and final completion. C. Constraints: 1. Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. a. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner under separate contracts (tables, desk, and display panels). 2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. D. Milestones: 1. Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. E. Cost Correlation: 1. At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for preparation of payment requests. 2. Refer to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures. F. Upcoming Work Summary: 1. Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: a. Unresolved issues. b. Unanswered RFIs. c. Rejected or unreturned submittals. d. Notations on returned submittals. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 4

23 SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION GANTT SCHEDULE G. Recovery Schedule: 1. When periodic update indicates the Work is 10 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: 1. Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within 10 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the start-up construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: 1. Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 2. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: 1. At weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule two working days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 2. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 3. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 4. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. D. Distribution: 1. Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 2. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 3. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.7 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: 1. Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 2. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary network diagram. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 4. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1.8 REPORTS A. Field Condition Reports: 1. Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 4

24 SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION GANTT SCHEDULE 1.9 SPECIAL REPORTS 1. Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B. Reporting Unusual Events: 1. When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable LOGS A. General Requirements: 1. Establish and maintain the following logs: a. Requests for Proposal Log. b. Submittals Log. c. Requests for Information Log. d. Bulletin Log. e. Change Order Log. f. Memorandum Log. 2. Record items on a serial number basis. 3. Assign individual numbers, in serial order, to each entry. 4. Begin serial order with No. 1 and continue numerically uninterrupted. 5. Review status of the above documentation in the Progress Meetings using the logs. 6. Update logs after each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 4

25 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for submitting the following: a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Submittal schedule c. Shop Drawings d. Product Data e. Samples. 2. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 01 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: a. Permits b. Applications for payment c. Performance and payment bonds d. Insurance certificates e. List of Subcontractors. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings. 3. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 4. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and for mockup requirements. 5. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties. 6. Division 01 Section "Project As-Built Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 7. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 8. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: 1. Written and graphic information that requires responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Written information that does not require Architect's or Trustees Representative's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 8

26 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned without review. 2. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. 3. Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Trustees Representative for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. The Trustees Representative reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Submittals Schedule: 1. Comply with requirements in the "Supplementary General Conditions for Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Major Capital Outlay) Projects" requirements for the list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. D. Processing Time: 1. Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 2. Initial Review: Allow 10 working days minimum for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Trustees Representative will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 3. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 4. Resubmittal Review: Allow 10 working days for review of each resubmittal. 5. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Trustees, or other parties is indicated, allow 15 working days for initial review of each submittal. 6. Submittals received by the Trustees Representative on or after 2:00 P.M. will be recorded as submitted the next business day. E. Identification: 1. Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 2. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 3. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect and Trustees Representative. 4. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect and Trustees Representative. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., ). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., A). i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l. Other necessary identification. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 8

27 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES F. Deviations: 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. G. Additional Copies: 1. Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect or Trustees Representative observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 2. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect and Trustees Representative. 3. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken and will be returned. H. Transmittal: 1. Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect and Trustees Representative will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. 2. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source (From:). e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. k. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. l. Remarks. m. Signature of transmitter. 3. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect and Trustees Representative on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same label information as related submittal. I. Resubmittals: 1. Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 2. Note date and content of previous submittal. 3. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 4. Resubmit submittals until they are marked No Exceptions Taken or Make Corrections Noted." J. Distribution: 1. Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, the University, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. K. Use for Construction: 1. Use only final submittals with mark indicating "No Exceptions Taken or Make Corrections Noted " taken by Architect and Trustees Representative. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES 1. At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions: RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 8

28 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT FOR TRANSFER OF COMPUTER-BASED INFORMATION The information provided is itemized as shown on the file attachment list of this document. The RECIPIENT recognizes that during the course of the project, changes and modifications to these instruments of service will continue to occur as the project develops. The RECIPIENT also recognizes that changes to computer documents are easy to do, difficult to detect, and that conversion, or the use of the data by others may introduce anomalies, errors or inexactness that may result in adverse consequences that the ARCHITECT can neither predict nor control. The RECIPIENT thus agrees to assume all risks associated with the use of the information provided, and understands that the ARCHITECT makes neither claim nor warranty as to the suitability of these Drawings for any purpose. In consideration of receiving Drawings from the ARCHITECT, RMW, in machine-readable form, the RECIPIENT agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to hold harmless and indemnify the ARCHITECT from and against all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, and costs, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of, or in any way connected with, the use, reuse, misuse, modification, or misinterpretation of the machine-readable information provided by the ARCHITECT under this agreement. Use the attached files only if you have agreed to abide by the above terms and conditions of this AGREEMENT. By opening these files, you indicate acceptance of this AGREEMENT. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS 1. Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 2. Submit electronic submittals directly to extranet specifically established for Project. B. Product Data: 1. Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 2. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 3. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 4. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Printed performance curves. g. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. h. Compliance with specified referenced standards. i. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Number of Copies: Refer to Document "Contract General Conditions for Major Capital Outlay Projects". Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 7. Submittals with product data not clearly marked with Contractor's proposed products and related information will be returned by the Architect without review. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data without verifying field conditions. If using Architect s design electronic files, the responsibility for maintaining accurate dimensions and recording true field conditions remains with the Contractor. 2. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 8

29 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Compliance with specified standards. j. Notation of coordination requirements. k. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. l. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. m. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. n. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three opaque copies of each submittal, unless copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five copies where copies are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect and Trustees Representative will retain two copies; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing. D. Samples: 1. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 2. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 3. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Trustees's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: a. Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. b. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect, through Trustees Representative, will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: a. Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. b. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect and Trustees Representative will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule or List: 1. As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: a. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 8

30 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES b. Number and name of room or space. c. Location within room or space. 2. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect, through Trustees Representative, will return two copies. 3. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. F. Contractor's Construction Schedule, Submittals Schedule, Application for Payment, and Schedule of Values: 1. Comply with Document "Contract General Conditions for Major Capital Outlay Projects" G. Subcontract List: 1. Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use University List of Proposed Subcontractors. Include the following information in tabular form: 2. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 3. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 4. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 5. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect, through Trustees Representative, will return two copies. 6. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. H. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): 1. Architect will not review MSDS's and will return the entire submittal for resubmittal. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1. Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 2. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect and Trustees Representative will not return copies. 3. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. 4. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." B. Coordination Drawings: 1. Comply with Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." C. Qualification Data: 1. Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and Trusteess, and other information specified. D. Installer Certificates: 1. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. E. Manufacturer Certificates: 1. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. F. Product Certificates: 1. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. G. Material Certificates: 1. Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 8

31 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES H. Product Test Reports: 1. Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. I. Research/Evaluation Reports: 1. Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to the University, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. c. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. J. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: 1. Comply with Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." K. Compatibility Test Reports: 1. Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. L. Field Test Reports: 1. Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. M. Maintenance Data: 1. Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." N. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: a. Preparation of substrates. b. Required substrate tolerances. c. Sequence of installation or erection. d. Required installation tolerances. e. Required adjustments. f. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. O. Manufacturer's Field Reports: 1. Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: a. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. b. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. c. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. d. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. e. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. f. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. g. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. P. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): 1. Submit information directly to Trustees; do not submit to Architect. 2. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return them for resubmittal. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 8

32 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.7 Trustees RepresentativeCONTRACTOR'S REVIEW 1. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect and Trustees Representative. B. Approval Stamp: 1. Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.8 ARCHITECT'S AND TRUSTEES REPRESENTATIVE'S ACTION 1. Architect and Trustees Representative will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: 1. Architect and Trustees Representative will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect and Trustees Representative will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: a. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions Taken," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. b. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Make Corrections Noted," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with both the Architect's notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance. c. Returned for Re-submittal: When submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit", Rejected, or Submit Specified Item, do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark. 2. Do not permit submittals marked "Revise and Resubmit", Rejected, or Submit Specified Item to be used at the Project site or elsewhere when construction is in progress. C. Informational Submittals: 1. Architect and Trustees Representative will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect and Trustees Representative will forward each submittal to appropriate party. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 8 of 8

33 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. C. Testing and Inspection Services: 1. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 3. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and - control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 4. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Trustees, Trustees Representative, or the University are not limited by provisions of this Section. D. Coordination with University Representative: 1. Notify the Trustees Representative a minimum of five working days in advance, in writing, of testing procedures and inspections scheduled for the Work. 2. Notices for scheduled tests and inspection should be given in the same form and numbered consecutively. E. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 2. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Inspector of Record: 1. The Trustees will engage the service of a full time Inspector of Record, whose responsibilities include the performance and coordination of the testing and inspection required for the Project. Testing done during construction in site shall not be done without the Inspector of Record witnessing the test. B. Quality-Assurance Services: 1. Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 8

34 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 C. Quality-Control Services: 1. Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Trustees Representative. D. Mockups: 1. Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. E. Laboratory Mockups: 1. Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics. F. Preconstruction Testing: 1. Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. G. Product Testing: 1. Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to the University, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards. H. Source Quality-Control Testing: 1. Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. I. Field Quality-Control Testing: 1. Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. J. Testing Agency: 1. An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. K. Installer/Applicator/Erector: 1. Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Subsubcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 2. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. L. Experienced: 1. When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of the University. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. The following govern the construction and completion of the Work, all shall be current enforced editions: a. Title 24 Part California Building Standards Administrative Code. b. Title 24 - Part California Building Code, based on the 2006 International Building Code (IBC). c. Title 24 Part California Electrical Code, based on the 2005 National Electrical Code (NEC). d. Title 24 - Part California Mechanical Code, based on the 2006 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC). RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 8

35 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 e. Title 24 - Part California Plumbing Code, based on the 2006 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC). f. Title 24 - Part California's Energy Efficiency Standards for Residential and Nonresidential Buildings. g California Elevator Safety Construction Code, California Code of Regulations, Title 8. h. Title 24 - Part California Fire Code, based on the 2006 International Fire Code (IFC). i. Title 24 - Part California Referenced Standards Code. j. City of Hayward Standard Specifications and Details and applicable Regulations. k. Other applicable federal, state, and local regulations. l. The Work shall meet or exceed the requirements of the references listed above, including supplements and amendments to them in effect at the site of the Work. 2. The Work shall meet or exceed the requirements of the references listed above, including supplements and amendments to them in effect at the site of the Work. B. Copies of Regulations: 1. Obtain copies of the codes and regulations listed above in 1.3.C and retain at the Project site to be available for reference by parties who have a reasonable need. C. Enforcement: 1. References in the Contract Documents to "code" or to "building code" not otherwise identified, shall mean the foregoing specified codes, together with the additions, changes, amendments and interpretations adopted by the enforcing agency, and in effect on the date the Contract is executed. 2. Nothing on the Contract Documents shall be interpreted as requiring or permitting work that is contrary to these rules, regulations and codes. 3. Where other codes or standards are referenced in the Contract Documents, the affected work shall meet or exceed the applicable requirements of such codes and standards. 4. The code, specification or standard referred to shall have full force and effect as though printed in the Contract Documents, except as modified. 5. Where the Contract Documents call for or describe materials, work quality or construction of a better quality, higher standard or larger size than is required by said laws, codes, rules and regulations, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence over said laws, codes, rules and regulations. D. Other Applicable Laws and Regulations: 1. Applicable federal, state, and local laws, and the rules and regulations of governing utility districts and the various other the University over the construction and completion of the Project, including the latest rules and regulations of the California Labor Code, shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they shall be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though printed in the Contract Documents. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS 1. If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Trustees Representative for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: 1. The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Trustees Representative for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: 1. For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 8

36 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: 1. Prepare in tabular form and include the following: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Description of test and inspection. c. Identification of applicable standards. d. Identification of test and inspection methods. e. Number of tests and inspections required. f. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. g. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. h. Requirements for obtaining samples. i. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. C. Reports: 1. Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. c. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. f. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete test or inspection data. i. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. j. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. l. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: 1. For Trustees' records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: 1. A professional engineer licensed in the State of California and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 8

37 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 F. Specialists: 1. Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 2. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. 3. An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by the University, that is acceptable to authorities. a. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR b. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. G. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: 1. An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. H. Preconstruction Testing By Contractor: 1. Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 2. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 3. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, through Trustees Representative, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 4. Submit test reports to University Representative for disbursement. I. Mockups: 1. Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 2. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect or Trustees Representative. 3. Notify Architect, Trustees, and Trustees Representative five working days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's and Trustees' approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow five working days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. J. Laboratory Mockups: 1. Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those specified in individual Sections in Divisions 02 through 49. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 8

38 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, QUALITY CONTROL A. Trustees Responsibilities: 1. Where quality-control services are indicated as Trustees' responsibility, The Trustees will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified as the Trustees responsibility. 2. Where the Trustees have engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing and inspection of a part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Trustees, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Trustees. 3. Trustees will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 4. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Amount will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Contractor s Responsibilities: 1. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Trustees are Contractor's responsibility. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by the University. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by the University, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Trustees, unless agreed to in writing by Trustees. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the University, when they so direct. C. Coordination: 1. The Contractor, Project Manager/Inspector, and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In addition the Contractor shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 2. The Contractor is responsible for communicating to the Project manger/inspector the scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. D. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." E. Retesting/Reinspecting: 1. Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide qualitycontrol services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with Architect, Trustees Representative, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 2. Notify Architect, Trustees Representative, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which field tests are conducted. 4. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 5. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to University Representataive. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 8

39 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 7. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. G. Associated Services: 1. Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: a. Access to the Work. b. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. c. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. d. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. e. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. f. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. g. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: 1. Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 2. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: 1. Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 2. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Trustees, Architect, Trustees Representative, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. J. Required Inspections: 1. Reinforcing steel, structural framework, or interior wall and/or ceiling support framing of any part of any building or structure shall not be covered or concealed without first obtaining the approval of the Inspector. 2. Listed below are the minimum inspection requirements: a. Frame Inspection: To be made after all framing, fire blocking and bracing are in place and all pipes and vents are complete and the rough electrical, plumbing and heating wires, pipes and ducts are approved. b. Mechanical and Electrical Rough-In Inspection: To be made after all mechanical and electrical rough-in work is completed. c. Lath or Gypsum Board Inspection: To be made after all lathing and gypsum board, interior and exterior, is in place, but before any plastering is applied or before gypsum board joints and fasteners are taped and finished. d. Final Inspection: To be made when the building is completed and ready for occupancy. e. Other Inspections: In addition to the called inspections specified above, the inspector may make or require other inspections of any construction work to ascertain compliance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. f. Reinspections: A reinspection fee may be assessed for each inspection or reinspection when such portion of work for which inspection is called is not complete or when corrections called for are not made. 3. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing all of the Contract Documents for any additional inspection requirements. 1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: 1. Trustees will engage a qualified testing agency or special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by the University as the responsibility of Trustees, and as follows: B. Special Tests and Inspections: 1. Conducted by a qualified testing agency or special inspector as required by the University, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows: RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 8

40 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, Notifying Architect, Trustees Representative, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect, through Trustees Representative, with copy to the University. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Notice of Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG 1. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: a. Date test or inspection was conducted. b. Description of the Work tested or inspected. c. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. 2. Maintain log at Project site. 3. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's and Trustees Representative's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION 1. On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 2. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. 3. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. 4. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 8 of 8

41 SECTION REFERENCES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. 3. Review the "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", for additional requirements for product standards. 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1. Basic Contract definitions are included in Document Contract General Conditions for Major Capital Outlay Projects. In addition to these definitions, the following will apply: B. "Approved": 1. When used to convey Trustees Representative's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Trustees Representative's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": 1. A command or instruction by Trustees Representative. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": 1. Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": 1. Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by the University, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. Day : 1. Calendar day, unless otherwise indicated. G. "Furnish": 1. Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. H. "Install": 1. Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. I. "Provide": RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 4

42 SECTION REFERENCES Issued for Bid August 15, Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. J. "Project Site": 1. Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: 1. Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: 1. Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents; if no date is give, then comply with the standards dated on or after the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicts: 1. Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees Representative, if a conflict exists between referenced regulatory requirements, comply with the one establishing more stringent requirements. 2. Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees Representative, if a conflict exists between referenced regulatory requirements and the Contract Documents, comply with the more stringent requirements. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: 1. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-todate as of the date of the Contract Documents. B. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: 1. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) Available from Government Printing Office (202) UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) Available from Access Board (202) ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: 1. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 4

43 SECTION REFERENCES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) AHA American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA) ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) Air-Conditioning Engineers (404) ASTM ASTM International (610) (American Society for Testing and Materials International) AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) (703) BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) CPA Composite Panel Association (301) CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) (706) DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) GA Gypsum Association (202) GANA Glass Association of North America (785) HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 4

44 SECTION REFERENCES Issued for Bid August 15, (702) LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) MPI Master Painters Institute (888) NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) NFPA NFPA (800) (National Fire Protection Association) (617) RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) National Association SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) (412) TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) (847) WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of (916) California) B. Code Agencies: 1. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ICBO ICBO ES International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC) ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC-ES) PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 4

45 SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Summary" for limitations on utility interruptions and other work restrictions. 2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 3. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. 4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 1.2 USE CHARGES 1. Payment for utilities used by Contractor during construction will be by the Contractor as specified in Document Contract General Conditions for Major Capital Outlay Projects. 2. Measurement of utilities used for the execution of the Work is the Contractor's responsibility. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: 1. In addition to regulations listed in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements", comply with the following: a. California Health and Safety regulations. b. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. c. Environmental protection regulations. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: 1. Assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of existing utilities. B. Conditions of Use: 1. Keep existing and temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on this site. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 4

46 SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Responsibility for building and individual room security to all areas of work where it or its subcontractors enter and perform work is solely the Contractor's PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: 1. University will designate a space in the building to be used by the Contractor for temporary field offices. a. Provide the necessary furniture and equipment. b. Coordinate with University Representative the Contractor's use of utilities and telecommunications systems during the construction period. c. Clean field offices daily. 2. Ensure that Contractor's and subcontractor's personnel is familiar with the building's security systems, emergency systems, and other life safety systems, including building's emergency procedures for evacuation. Refer to Division 01 Section "Safety and Health." 3. At the end of the construction period, clean and restore to its previous condition the existing spaces used by the contractor during the execution of the Work, including field offices, access path and other spaces in the building, at no extra cost to the University. a. The University will conduct a special inspection of these spaces at the completion of the Work. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. First Aid Supplies: 1. Comply with governing regulations. B. Fire Extinguishers: 1. Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. C. Heating Equipment: 1. Unless Trustees authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained, liquidpropane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 2. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 3. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency acceptable to the University, and marked for intended use. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 1. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 2. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION 1. Connect to existing service. 2. Arrange with Trustees and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 4

47 SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3. Coordinate with University Representative for location of point of connection for utilities. Contractor is responsible for distribution of utilities from points of connection to other locations as needed. B. Sanitary Facilities: 1. Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with the University for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 2. The loading dock can be used as a place to install Contractor's temporary toilet facilities. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION 1. Provide noncombustible construction for offices located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA Maintain support facilities until near Completion. Remove before Completion. Personnel remaining after Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Trustees. 3. Provide drawings indicating proposed location of temporary buildings and trailers for approval by Trustees. B. Parking: 1. No parking will be provided by the University. a. Use designated areas of existing parking areas for construction personnel. Pay for use of parking facilities by purchasing parking passes by the University. b. The loading dock can be used for temporary parking of one truck and for loading and unloading construction materials. C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: 1. Provide Project identification and other signs. Install signs where indicated to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 2. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. 4. Process permit for sign in advance; permit might require three weeks or more. D. Waste Disposal Facilities: 1. Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Locate dumsters in loading dock. Comply with requirements of the University. Comply with Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. E. Elevator Use: 1. Use of elevators will be permitted, as long as elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Trustees. At Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life. 2. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. 3. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. F. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: 1. Protect stairs so finishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance. Do not block exit stairs. Keep stairs clean, without any objects in them. Keep access doors unblocked and closed. Do not damage or modificate hardware. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Environmental Protection: 1. Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 2. Comply with work restrictions in Division 01 Section "Summary." RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 4

48 SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Security and Lockup: 1. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance to the Work area, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. C. Warning Signs: 1. Comply with requirements of the University for warning signs and lighting. D. Temporary Fire Protection: 1. Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA Prohibit smoking in the building and within 25 feet from entrances. 3. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of the University. 4. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 5. Keep existing fire alarm system operational at all times. E. Protection of Child Care Center: 1. Within 5 working days of Notice of Award of Contract, meet and coordinate with Child Care Center and University Representatives to obtain a list of special protections required for the Child Care Center premises, occupants and visitors. Include protection from utility cutouts, dust, noise, security, safety, and health issues. 2. Implement a plan of accessing by staff, users and general public. Indicate layout for proposed access, traffic controls, safety, and other applicable issues, and submit to University Representative for approval. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: 1. Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: 1. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 2. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: 1. Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Completion. D. Termination and Removal: 1. Unless the Trustees require that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended no later than Completion. Restore permanent construction that may have been modified because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 2. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Trustees reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 3. At Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 4

49 SECTION SAFETY AND HEALTH This section is provided by the University SECTION SAFETY AND HEALTH This section is provided by the University. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Accident Reporting: 1. A copy of each accident report, which the Contractor or Subcontractors submit to their insurance carriers, shall be forwarded to the Architect and to the University Representative as soon as possible, but in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after the day the accident occurred. B. Other Submittals: 1. If agreed to in writing at the preconstruction safety meeting, other submittals shall be required. One such submittal that may be included is a plan of action for handling hazardous materials to contain the following: a. Number, type, and experience of employees to be used for the Work. b. Description of how safety and health regulations and standards shall be met. c. Type of protective equipment and work procedures to be used. d. Emergency procedures for accidental spills or exposures. 1.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN 1. Ten working days after Notice to Proceed and before starting construction activities in the field, submit a Health and Safety Plan for approval by Trustees. 2. Include the following: a. Name and qualifications of a supervisor to be in the construction site full time and who is able to identify possible hazardous conditions and has the authority to stop work when hazardous conditions are suspected. Qualifications must include OSHA certification. b. How the Contractor will ensure compliance with OSHA, ANSI, ASSE and &NIOSH regulations and standards for construction. c. An air quality plan for during construction indicating what specific measures will be taken to protect the Childcare Center, the children, staff, and visitors, from sources of toxic materials. Plan shall include, but not be limited to, control of moisture damage, use and replacement of filters in the air handling units, and the protection of the HVAC system during construction from particulate matter. d. Indicate specific measures to protect from noise, toxic materials and other potential hazards during construction. Reference the Hazmat report. e. How it will be ensured that the Contractor and its subcontractors employees, consultants, suppliers, and others who will be in the Project site under contract with the Contractor, will not pose additional risk to the security of the Childcare Center (protect against sex offenders, drug presence, etc). RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 3

50 SECTION SAFETY AND HEALTH This section is provided by the University f. Methods and schedule to monitor the presence of hazardous materials prior to construction (see Haz Mat report). g. Provide an erection plan for the steel structure and installation plan for the building skin, including glazing/cladding. Include schedule, crane certification, restrictions of lifting over the fence, and risk management plan for lifting. Reference rigging safety specification provided by University. h. Indicate how the Contractor intends to coordinate lifting so that no lifting is done while the Early Childhood Center is occupied. i. Provide a site access plan indicating limited access on the west side on the site and primary access on the east side. j. Indicate how Contractor will make available the Safety and Health Plan to the Childcare center, the University, the children s parents, and building trades, teachers and care givers unions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Compliance with Regulatory Requirements: 1. Special facilities, devices, equipment, clothing, and similar items used by the Contractor in the execution of the Work shall comply with the applicable regulations. B. Hazardous Materials: 1. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the University, materials suspected of being hazardous which it encounters during execution of the Work. The Trustees shall perform tests to determine if the material is hazardous. If the material is found hazardous and additional protective measures are needed, a Contract Change Order may be required, subject to the requirements of the General Conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STOP WORK ORDERS 1. When the Contractor or its Subcontractors are notified by the University Representative of noncompliance with the provisions of the Contract, and the action(s) to be taken, the Contractor shall immediately, if so directed, or within 48 hours after receipt of a notice of violation correct the unsafe or unhealthy condition. If the Contractor fails to comply promptly, all or any part of the work being performed may be stopped by the University Representative with a "Stop Work Order." When, in the opinion of the University Representative, satisfactory corrective action has been taken to correct the unsafe and unhealthy condition, a start order will be given immediately. The Contractor shall not be allowed any extension of time or compensation for damages by reason of or in connection with such work stoppage. 3.2 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to prevent injury to the public, building occupants, or damage to property of others. For the purposes of this contract, the public or building occupants shall include all persons not employed by the Contractor or a Subcontractor working under the Contractor s direction. B. Work shall not be performed in any area occupied by the public or Owner s employees unless specifically permitted by the Contract or the Owner and unless adequate steps are taken for the protection of the public and the Owner s employees. C. Whenever practicable, the work area shall be fenced, barricaded, or otherwise blocked off from the public or building occupants to prevent unauthorized entry into the work area. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 3

51 SECTION SAFETY AND HEALTH This section is provided by the University D. Alternate Precautions: When the nature of the Work prevents isolation of the work area, and the public or building occupants may be in or pass through, under or over the work area, alternate precautions such as the posting of signs, the use of signal persons, the erection of barricades or similar protection around particularly hazardous operations shall be used as appropriate. E. Public Thoroughfare: When Work is to be performed over a public thoroughfare such as a sidewalk, lobby, or corridor, the thoroughfare shall be closed, if possible, or other precautions taken such as the installation of screens or barricades. When the exposure to heavy falling objects exists, as during the erection of building walls or during demolition, special protection of the type detailed in 29 CFR 1910/1926 shall be provided. F. Fences and barricades shall be removed upon completion of the project to the satisfaction of the University Representative. G. Storing, positioning or use of equipment, tools, materials, scraps, and trash in a manner likely to present a hazard to the public or building occupants by its accidental shifting, ignition, or other hazardous qualities is prohibited. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 3

52 SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 2. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 3. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for Contract closeout. 4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: 1. Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. B. "Designated by Brand Name" Products: 1. Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. C. New Products: 1. Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. D. Comparable Product: 1. Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. These products or manufacturers are listed in below the "Basis of Design Product" in the Specifications (number 2, 3, or later). E. Substitutions: 1. Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 5

53 SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS F. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: 1. Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product List: 1. Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 2. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 3. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period. h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date. 4. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 10 days of receipt of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents. B. Substitution Requests: 1. Review the General Conditions of the Contract, for additional requirements for substitutions, including limits on number of substitutions. 2. Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 3. Substitution Request Form: Submit a completed RMW Substitution Request Form. Substitutions request without a completed form will not be reviewed by the Architect and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal. 4. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Trustees and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including Plans and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and Trustees. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to the University. i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 5. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor through RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 5

54 SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Construction Manager of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. C. Comparable Product Requests: 1. Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section Submittal Requirements. b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: 1. If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 2. Concurrent Work by Separate Contractors: Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. a. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect and University Representative will determine which products shall be used. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Trustees's construction forces. Coordinate location with Trustees. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 5

55 SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES 1. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Trustees. 3. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Trustees. B. Special Warranties: 1. Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 2. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 3. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. 4. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section Contract Closeout. 1.7 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: 1. Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 2. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 3. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 4. Trustees reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 6. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 7. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. 8. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Basis-of-Design Product: a. Where Specifications name a product and manufacturer, provide the specified product or a comparable product by other named manufacturers. Plans and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. b. Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Plans are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. c. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system by the other named manufacturers. 3. Visual Matching Specification: a. Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. b. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for proposal of product. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 5

56 SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 4. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. C. Interior Finishes: 1. Two sets of products have been specified for the Project and labeled as "Palette A" and "Palette "B". Contractor can choose one set or the other. Contractor cannot choose some products from one set and some products from the other. All interior finishes used in the Project are required to be from the same set. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 5

57 SECTION EXECUTION Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. General procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: a. General installation of products. b. Coordination of Trustees-installed products. c. Progress cleaning. d. Protection of installed construction. e. Correction of the Work. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 4. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final survey with Project As-Built Documents, recording of Trustees-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: 1. The existence and location construction indicated as existing is not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. B. Acceptance of Conditions: 1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 2. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 4

58 SECTION EXECUTION Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 4. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 5. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 6. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: 1. Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Space Requirements: 1. Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Plans. C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: 1. Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Construction Manager. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. Submit requests on RMW Form Request for Interpretation." 3.3 INSTALLATION 1. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 2. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 3. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 4. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling. 6. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. 7. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Completion. 8. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. B. Tools and Equipment: 1. Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. C. Templates: 1. Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Plans of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. D. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 2. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Construction Manager. 3. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 4

59 SECTION EXECUTION Issued for Bid August 15, Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting Plans, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. E. Joints: 1. Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. F. Hazardous Materials: 1. Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous and comply with local VOC requirements and other environmental regulations. 3.4 PROGRESS CLEANING 1. Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 2. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 3. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 4. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Site: 1. Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: 1. Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 2. Remove liquid spills promptly. 3. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: 1. Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: 1. Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: 1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Completion. G. Waste Disposal: 1. Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. H. Progress Cleaning: 1. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Completion. 2. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 4

60 SECTION EXECUTION Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 I. Limiting Exposures: 1. Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION 1. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Completion. 2. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.6 CORRECTION OF THE WORK 1. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section Cutting and Patching. 2. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. 3. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. 4. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. 5. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. 6. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 4

61 SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Procedural requirements for cutting and patching for the following: a. Cutting and patching not required to be performed as part of the work of other sections. b. Cutting and patching existing work altered or disturbed to accommodate new construction. c. Cutting and patching existing work damaged or defaced during new construction as required to restore to existing or better condition at the time of award of Contract. d. Cutting and patching required to: 1) Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. 2) Remove samples of installed work for testing. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: 1. Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: 1. Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: 1. Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information: a. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided. b. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. c. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. d. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. e. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will be disrupted. f. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. g. Effects on University operations and on concurrent operations construction by other contractors. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 4

62 SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING Issued for Bid August 15, QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: 1. Do not cut and patch structural elements. B. Operational Elements: 1. Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Air or smoke barriers. c. Fire-suppression systems. d. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. e. Control systems. f. Communication systems. g. Electrical wiring systems. C. Miscellaneous Elements: 1. Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following: a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Equipment supports. d. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. e. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: 1. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Construction Manager's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: 1. Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: 1. Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS 1. Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: 1. Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 4

63 SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 2. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: 1. Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: 1. Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: 1. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Site Utility Services: 1. Where existing utilities are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such utilities before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE 1. Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 2. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: 1. Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 2. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 3. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 4. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 5. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with applicable 2006 California Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications" where required by cutting and patching operations of parking areas. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: 1. Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 2. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 3. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 4

64 SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 4. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 5. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. 6. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. 7. Patch, repair or re-hang ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. D. Cleaning: 1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 4

65 SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: B. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. C. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Warranties. c. Final cleaning. d. Final inspection procedures. e. Keys/keying f. State Fire Marshal inspection g. Removal of temporary facilities h. Final cleaning and pest control D. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Division 01 Section "Project As-Built Documents" for submitting Record Plans, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.2 NOTICE OF COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: 1. Before requesting inspection for determining date of filing of Notice of Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. a. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. b. Advise Trustees of pending insurance changeover requirements. c. Submit specific warranties, and similar documents. d. Obtain and submit releases permitting Trustees unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. e. Prepare and submit Project As-Built Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. f. Deliver textra materials, and similar items to location designated by Trustees. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. g. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Trustees. Advise Trustees' personnel of changeover in security provisions. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 4

66 SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 h. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. i. Advise Trustees of changeover in heat and other utilities. j. Submit changeover information related to Trustees' occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. k. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Final Inspection: 1. Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: a. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section Payment Procedures. b. Submit list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Trustees Representative. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. c. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. d. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 1.3 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: 1. Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use form approved by University Representative. 2. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 3. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 4. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect and Trustees Representative. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: 1. Submit written warranties on request of Trustees Representative for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Notice of Completion is indicated. B. Warranty Documents: 1. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 2. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 3. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 4. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 5. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 4

67 SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: 1. Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PUNCH-LIST INSPECTION 1. When each building/phase is in the opinion of the Contractor, complete in all respects, the Contractor shall call for a punch-list inspection. B. Inspection Procedures: 1. On receipt of a request for inspection, the Trustees Representative will schedule the Inspection. The Trustees Representative will then perform a preliminary, walk-through. If, in the judgment of the Trustees Representative, the project is not sufficiently complete in all respects, the Trustees Representative will so advise the Contractor and discontinue the inspection. 2. The Trustees Representative will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the work has been completed. 3. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance punch-list. C. Inspection of "Support Spaces": 1. The University will conduct a special inspection of the existing spaces used by the contractor during the execution of the Work, including parking areas, field offices, access path and other spaces in the building, at the completion of the Work. 2. Repair or replace items of work that are found damaged by the University. Substantial Completion is contingent to the approval of the conditions of these spaces by the University. D. Close-out Procedures: Closeout Meeting 1. The Construction Administrator and the Inspector will call for a Close-out meeting approximately four to six weeks prior to the anticipated completion date. 2. At this meeting a completion Action List will be prepared listing all major items required to be completed prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion. 3. The action-list shall assign an action-responsibility and a projected action-completion date to each item. 4. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the timely completion of all required close-out items. E. Compliance: 1. Comply with regulations of the University and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Trustees property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become the University s property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING 1. Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. 2. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Trustees' property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 4

68 SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 B. Cleaning: 1. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Notice of Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. b. Clean exposed hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. c. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including plenums, shafts, and similar spaces. d. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. e. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. f. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. g. Remove labels that are not permanent. h. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. i. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including labeled materials or products, mechanical and electrical nameplates. j. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. k. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. l. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. m. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burnedout bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. n. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. 3.3 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: 1. Before requesting final inspection for certification of Trustees Representatives final acceptance submit a certified copy of the Trustees Representative s final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Trustees Representative. B. Re-inspection Procedure: 1. The Trustees Representative will re-inspect the work upon receipt of notice that the work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, (punch-list), has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Trustees. 2. Upon completion of re-inspection, the Trustees Representative will prepare and submit to The Trustees, a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 3. Upon final acceptance by the Trustees Representative, the Inspector of Record, (IOR), will then prepare a letter to The Trustees stating that the project has been constructed in accordance with the contract documents and is complete in all respects. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 4

69 SECTION MAINTENANCE DATA Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: a. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes, systems and equipment. b. Extra Materials. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Division 01 Section "Project As-Built Documents" for preparing Record Plans for operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Initial Submittal: 1. Submit 2 draft copies of each manual at least 15 days before requesting inspection for Notice of Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Construction Manager will return one copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. B. Final Submittal: 1. Submit two copies of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection. Construction Manager will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection. 2. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Construction Manager's comments. Submit 3 copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Construction Manager's comments. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUALS, GENERAL A. Organization: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 3

70 SECTION MAINTENANCE DATA Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 a. Title page. b. Table of contents. c. Manual contents. B. Title Page: 1. Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information: a. Subject matter included in manual. b. Name and address of Project. c. Name and address of Trustees. d. Date of submittal. e. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. f. Name and address of Architect. C. Table of Contents: 1. List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. D. Manual Contents: 1. Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. 2. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. Identify binder on front and spine, with printed title "MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2.2 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Content: 1. Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: 1. List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: 1. Include the following, as applicable: a. Product name and model number. b. Manufacturer's name. c. Color, pattern, and texture. d. Material and chemical composition. e. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: 1. Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. e. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: 1. Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 3

71 SECTION MAINTENANCE DATA Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 F. Warranties : 1. Include copies of warranties and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 2. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Product Maintenance Manual: 1. Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. 2. Extra Materials; Include an inventory of extra materials and spare parts delivered to the Trustees. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 3

72 SECTION AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. 3. Administrative and procedural requirements for preparation of As-Build Documents, prepared by the Contractor for the Architect's use in preparation of the Project As-Built Documents, including the following: a. As-Build Drawings. b. As-Build Specifications. c. As-Build Product Data. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 2. Division 01 Section "Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for Project As-Built Documents of the Work in those Sections. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. As Built Documents: 1. The Documents identified and described as "as-build documents" in the Contract General Conditions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. As-Build Drawings: 1. Initial Submittal: Submit two set(s) of marked-up As-Built Prints. Trustees Representative will initial and date each plot and mark whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. Trustees Representative will return plots and prints for organizing into sets, printing, binding, and final submittal. 2. Final Submittal: Submit two set(s) of marked-up As-Built Drawings. Print each Drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. As-Built Specifications: 1. Submit two copies of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. As-Built Product Data: 1. Submit two copies copies of each Product Data submittal. 2. Where As-Built Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as As-Built Product Data. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 3

73 SECTION AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AS BUILT DRAWINGS A. As-Built Drawings: 1. Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 2. Preparation: Mark As-Built Drawings to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up As-Built Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 3. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Trustees Representative's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 4. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 5. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 6. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 7. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Newly Prepared As Built Drawings: 1. Prepare new drawings instead of marking drawings for as-builts in the following conditions: a. Where Architect determines that neither the mrked-up drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation. b. Items of work engineered or designed by the Contractor (deferred design). 2. New as-built drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 3. Consult Trustees Representative for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared As-Built Drawings into sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting. C. Format: 1. Identify and date each As-Built Drawing; include the designation "AS-BUILT DRAWING" in a prominent location. 2. Organize as built documents into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 3. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT AS-BUILT DRAWINGS." d. Name of Trustees Representative. e. Name of Contractor. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 3

74 SECTION AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS Issued for Bid August 15, AS-BUILT SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: 1. Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 2. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 3. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 4. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 5. For each principal product, indicate whether As-Built Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as As-Built Product Data. 6. Note related Change Orders, As-Built Product Data, and As-Built Drawings where applicable. 2.3 AS-BUILT PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: 1. Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 2. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 3. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 4. Note related Change Orders, As-Built Specifications, and As-Built Drawings where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS 1. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: 1. Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project As-Built Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project As-Built Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of As-Built Documents and Samples: 1. Store As-Built Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project As-Built Documents for construction purposes. Maintain As-Built Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project As-Built Documents for Trustees Representative's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 3

75 SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section includes: 1. Design and design build work for steel framing and supports for: a. Countertops. b. Mechanical and electrical equipment. c. Support for architectural woodwork, other items of work, and miscellaneous equipment. d. Applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: 1. Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: a. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." b. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." B. Powder Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: 1. Powder driven fasteners are acceptable for light loads per DSA (SS) IR 25-2 (rev ), Item 1.9. Fasteners must have a ¾ inch minimum penetration into the concrete. 2. Test Procedure for Powder Actuated Fasteners: a. Test initial 10 installations of each size anchor in direct pull-tension to a test load of 200 pounds for 2 minutes. If an anchor of that size fails, test additional anchors of the same diameter until 10 consecutive anchors pass. b. After the initial testing, test 10 percent of the installations in direct pull-tension. Make tests randomly over the course of the Work. If any anchors fail, test additional anchors of the same diameter until 10 consecutive anchors pass, then resume the 10 percent testing frequency. c. Direct pull-tension test only one anchor at a time. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 2. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 3. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 5

76 SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS Issued for Bid August 15, COORDINATION 1. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 2. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces: 1. Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.3 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: 1. ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: 1. ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing. C. Steel Pipe: 1. ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. D. Cast Iron: 1. ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads. 2.4 FASTENERS 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainlesssteel fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 5

77 SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: 1. Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: 1. Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; ASTM F 593 for bolts and ASTM F 594 for nuts, Alloy Group 2. D. Anchor Bolts: 1. ASTM F 1554, Grade Provide hot-dip or mechanically deposited, zinc-coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. E. Eyebolts: 1. ASTM A 489. F. Machine Screws: 1. ASME B G. Lag Bolts: 1. ASME B H. Plain Washers: 1. Round, ASME B I. Lock Washers: 1. Helical, spring type, ASME B J. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: 1. Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to four times the load imposed, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. K. Expansion Anchors: 1. Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. Material for Anchors in Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn Material for Anchors in Exterior Locations: Alloy Group 2 stainless-steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: 1. Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: 1. High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. C. Bituminous Paint: 1. Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D D. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: 1. Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 5

78 SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS Issued for Bid August 15, Product: a. Masterflow 928 and 713; Master Builders Technologies, Inc. b. Sealtight 588 Grout; W. R. Meadows, Inc. c. Or approved equal. 2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: 1. Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 2. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. 3. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. 4. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. 5. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 6. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 7. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. B. Welding: 1. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. c. Remove welding flux immediately. d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. C. Anchoring: 1. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 2. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS 1. Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. 2. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 3. Furnish inserts if units are installed after concrete is placed. 4. Fabricate supports for operable partitions from continuous steel beams of sizes indicated with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as indicated. Drill bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings. B. Galvanizing: 1. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports at exterior locations, and where indicated. 2. Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: a. ASTM A 123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products. b. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 5

79 SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: 1. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. 2. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. B. Field Welding: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. C. Fastening to In-Place Construction: 1. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to inplace construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. 2. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS 1. Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. B. Powder Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: 1. Powder driven fasteners are acceptable for light loads per DSA (SS) IR 25-2 (rev ), Item 1.9. Fasteners must have a ¾ inch minimum penetration into the concrete. 2. Test Procedure for Powder Actuated Fasteners: a. Test initial 10 installations of each size anchor in direct pull-tension to a test load of 200 pounds for 2 minutes. If an anchor of that size fails, test additional anchors of the same diameter until 10 consecutive anchors pass. b. After the initial testing, test 10 percent of the installations in direct pull-tension. Make tests randomly over the course of the Work. If any anchors fail, test additional anchors of the same diameter until 10 consecutive anchors pass, then resume the 10 percent testing frequency. c. Direct pull-tension test only one anchor at a time. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Galvanized Surfaces: 1. Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 5

80 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Standing and running trim with transparent finish (wall base; door frames, wall cap). 2. Wood veneered cabinets for transparent finish. 3. Plastic-laminate cabinets. 4. Plastic-laminate countertops. 5. Solid surfacing countertops. 6. Solid wood countertops. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous supports. 2. Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing woodwork and concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Architect, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI A Particleboard 2. ANSI A Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) for Interior Applications C. Architectural Woodwork Institute: 1. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. Latest Edition. D. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association: 1. BHMA A Cabinet Hardware 2. BHMA A Cabinet Locks 3. BHMA A Materials and Finishes RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 10

81 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK F. Code of Federal Regulations: CFR, Part 59, Subpart D-2001 National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings G. International Solid Surface Fabricators Association: 1. ISSFA-2-01 Classification and Standards Publication of Solid Surfacing Material H. Laminating Materials Association: 1. LMA EDG Voluntary Product Standard and Typical Physical Properties of Edgebanding Materials 2. LMA SAT Voluntary Product Standard and Typical Physical Properties of Saturated Paper Overlays I. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA LD 3-00 (Revised 2002) High Pressure Decorative Laminates J. U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology: 1. DOC PS 1-95 U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood K. Woodwork Institute of California (Solid surfacing countertops, only) 1. Manual of Millwork DEFINITIONS A. Interior Architectural Woodwork: 1. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product indicated, including cabinet hardware and accessories, high-pressure decorative laminate adhesive for bonding plastic laminate, solid-surfacing material, and cabinet hardware and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in architectural woodwork. 4. Apply WI-certified compliance label to first page of Shop Drawings of solid surfacing counters. C. Samples for Verification: 1. Plastic laminates, 8 by 10 inches, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with 1 sample applied to core material and specified edge material applied to 1 edge for plastic laminate countertops. 2. Thermoset decorative-panels, 8 by 10 inches, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with edge banding on 1 edge for shelving. 3. Solid-surfacing materials, 6 inches square. 4. Exposed cabinet hardware and accessories, one unit for each type and finish. 5. Veneer-faced panel products with or for transparent finish, 12 by 24 inches, for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish as specified. D. Quality Assurance Submittal: 1. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates for solid surfacing countertops. 2. AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. E. Qualification Data: 1. For Installer/fabricator. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 10

82 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. Shop is a certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. 2. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Shop is a licensee of WI's Certified Compliance Program. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Fabricator of products. C. Single Source Responsibility for Veneers: 1. In areas where veneered work is indicated to be blueprinted, provide veneers from a single source for interior architectural woodwork, including paneling, and flush wood doors. D. Quality Standard: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 2. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with WI's "Manual of Millwork" for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. E. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Where fire-retardant materials or products are indicated, provide materials and products with specified fire-test-response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint on surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation. F. Mockups: 1. Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. G. Preinstallation Conference: 1. Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 section, Project Management and Coordination. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: 1. Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 10

83 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by field measurements before being enclosed, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 3. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.8 COORDINATION 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are Basis of Design Products. Basis of Design Products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. The Project s design is based on the Basis-of-Design Products specified. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. 2.2 MATERIALS 1. Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWI's quality standard, and for solid surfacing countertops with WI's quality standard. for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Products: 1. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. 2. Basis of Design Product: Medite II by Sierra Pine Composite Solutions, C. Thermoset Decorative Panels: 1. Particleboard or medium-density fiberboard finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT Provide PVC or polyester edge banding complying with LMA EDG-1 on components with exposed or semiexposed edges. D. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: 1. NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or, if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. 2. Products: As indicated in the Finish Schedules. E. Solid-Surfacing Material: 1. Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with ISSFA Products: As indicated in the Finish Schedules. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 10

84 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES 1. Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except for items specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." 2. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Häfale. B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): 1. BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening. 2. Basis of Design Product: Hafale Euro/Cup Cabinet Door Hinges. C. Wire Pulls: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. D. Catches: 1. Push-in magnetic catches, BHMA A156.9, B E. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: 1. BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B F. Shelf Rests: 1. BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, two-pin type with shelf hold-down clip. G. Drawer Slides: 1. BHMA A156.9, B Standard Duty (Grade 1, Grade 2, and Grade 3): Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated steel with polymer rollers. 3. Heavy Duty (Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200): Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated steel ball-bearing slides. a. Box Drawer Slides: Grade 1HD-100; for drawers not more than 6 inches high and 24 inches wide. b. File Drawer Slides: Grade 1HD-200; for drawers more than 6 inches high or 24 inches wide. c. Pencil Drawer Slides: Grade 1; for drawers not more than 3 inches high and 24 inches wide. d. Keyboard Slides: Grade 1HD-100; for computer keyboard shelves. e. Trash Bin Slides: Grade 1HD-200; for trash bins not more than 20 inches high and 16 inches wide. 4. Basis-of-Design Products: Accurride, H. Door Locks: 1. BHMA A156.11, E I. Drawer Locks: 1. BHMA A156.11, E J. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. K. Paper Slots: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. L. Exposed Hardware Finishes: 1. For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A for BHMA finish number indicated. a. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 10

85 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK b. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. M. Concealed Hardware: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in BHMA A N. Exposed Hardware Finishes: 1. For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A for BHMA finish number indicated. 2. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. O. Concealed Hardware: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in BHMA A MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: 1. Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: 1. Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed-steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled-in-place anchors. C. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: 1. Use installation adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Wood Glues: 30 g/l. b. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/l. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide Custom-grade interior woodwork complying with referenced quality standard. B. Wood Moisture Content: 1. Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installation areas. C. General Requirements: 1. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. 2. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: a. Corners of Cabinets: 1/16 inch. D. Shop Fabrication: 1. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. E. Openings: 1. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, equipment, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 2. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 10

86 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2.6 WOOD CABINETS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Grade: 1. Premium. B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: 1. Flush overlay. C. Wood Species and Cut for Exposed Surfaces: 1. Species and Cut: As indicated in the finish schedule. 2. Matching of Veneer Leaves: As indicated in the finish schedule. 3. Vertical Matching of Veneer Leaves: As indicated in the finish schedule. 4. Veneer Matching within Panel Face: Center-balance match, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Veneer Matching within Room: Provide cabinet veneers in each room or other space from a single flitch with doors, drawer fronts, and other surfaces matched in a sequenced set with continuous match where veneers are interrupted perpendicular to the grain. 6. Blueprint room doors when adjacent to wood veneered cabinets. See Division 08 section "Interior Flush Wood Doors". 7. Comply with veneer and other matching requirements indicated for blueprint-matched paneling. D. Semiexposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative panels. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset decorative panels. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative panels. 2.7 PLASTIC-LAMINATE CABINETS A. Grade: 1. Custom. B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: 1. Flush overlay. C. Semiexposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative panels. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset decorative panels. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative panels. D. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: 1. High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: Grade HGS. b. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP. c. Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS. 2. Edges: As indicated on the Drawings. E. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic Laminate Surfaces: 1. High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade BKL. F. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: 1. As indicated by laminate manufacturer's designations in the Finish Schedules. 2.8 PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Grade: 1. AWI Custom. B. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: 1. HGS. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 10

87 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK C. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: 1. As indicated by laminate manufacturer's designations in the Finish Schedules. D. Grain Direction: 1. Parallel to cabinet fronts, unless otherwise indicated. E. Edge Treatment: 1. As indicated. F. Core Material: 1. Medium-density fiberboard. G. Core Material at Sinks: General: 1. Medium-density fiberboard made with exterior glue. H. Paper Backing: 1. Provide paper backing on underside of countertop substrate. 2.9 SOLID-SURFACING-MATERIAL COUNTERTOPS A. Grade: 1. WI Custom. B. Solid-Surfacing-Material Thickness: 1. 3/4 inch. C. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. D. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate tops in one piece, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with solid-surfacing-material manufacturer's written recommendations for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. 2. Fabricate tops with shop-applied edges of materials and configuration indicated. 3. Fabricate tops with loose backsplashes for field application. E. Sinks: 1. Install integral sink bowls in countertops in shop. 2. Drill holes in countertops for gromments and paper slats in the shop WOOD COUNTERTOPS A. Grade: 1. Premium. B. Type of Top: 1. Solid wood for transparent finish, edge glued, with crown direction reversed in adjacent boards, to produce widths indicated. Select boards for similarity of color and grain and arrange boards for optimum match between adjacent boards. a. Wood Species and Cut: As indicated in the Finish Schedule INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Grade: 1. Premium. B. Wood Species and Cut: 1. As indicated in the Finish Schedules. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 8 of 10

88 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK C. General: 1. For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width. 2. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. 3. Miter corners in plant and prepare for field assembly with bolted fittings designed to pull connections together SHOP FINISHING A. Grade: 1. Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished. B. General: 1. Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. C. Preparation for Finishing: 1. Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 2. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to back of paneling and to end-grain surfaces. Concealed surfaces of plastic-laminate-clad woodwork do not require backpriming when surfaced with plastic laminate, backing paper, or thermoset decorative panels. D. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. AWI Finish System: Conversion varnish. 3. Staining: Match approved sample for color. 4. Wash Coat for Stained Finish: Apply wash-coat sealer to woodwork made from closed-grain wood before staining and finishing. 5. Sheen: Satin, gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 1. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. 2. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: 1. Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved. B. General: 1. Assemble woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements for fabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop. 2. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. 3. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 9 of 10

89 SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK C. Anchoring: 1. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. D. Running Trim: 1. Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 60 inches long, except where shorter single-length pieces are necessary. 2. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood base if finished. 3. Install running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96 inches. E. Cabinets: 1. Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 2. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for 1-inch penetration into blocking, or hanging strips No. 10 waferhead sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. F. Countertops: 1. Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 2. Align adjacent solid-surfacing-material countertops and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. 3. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 4. Caulk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Building Interior Joint Sealants." 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING 1. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 2. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. 3. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 10 of 10

90 SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects", January c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Glass-fiber blanket acoustical insulation for interior partitions and suspended ceilings. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Architect, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C 423 Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. 2. ASTM C 665 Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 3. ASTM C 1104 Standard Test Method for Determining the Water Vapor Sorption of Unfaced Mineral Fiber Insulation. 4. ASTM C 1320 Standard Practice for Installation of Mineral Fiber Batt and Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction. 5. ASTM C 1338 Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. 6. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. ASTM E 90 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 8. ASTM E 119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 9. ASTM E 136 Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 C. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product indicated. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 7

91 SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: 1. As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are Basis of Design Products. Basis of Design Products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. The Project s design is based on the Basis-of-Design Products specified. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. 2.2 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION, GENERAL A. Sustainability Requirements: 1. Provide glass-fiber blanket insulation as follows: a. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde. b. Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D 5116 and shown to emit less than ppm formaldehyde. B. Fire Performance Characteristics: 1. Combustion Characteristics (ASTM E136): Pass. 2. Flamespread (ASTM E84): 25, maximum. 3. Smoke Developed (ASTM E84): 50, maximum. 2.3 GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION A. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: 1. Basis of Design Product: JM Formaldehyde-free Sound Control Batt Insulation. No substitutions. a. Comparable Product by Owens Corning. b. Or approved equal. 2. Material Standard: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 3. Lightweight, sound-absorbent insulations made of long, resilient glass fibers bonded with an acrylic thermosetting binder. 4. Performance Requirements: a. Critical Radiant Flux (ASTM E970): Greater than 0.11 Btu/ft 2 s (0.12 W/cm 2 ). b. Water Vapor Absorption (ASTM C1104): 5% or less. c. Odor Emission (ASTM C1304): Pass. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 7

92 SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION d. Corrosiveness (ASTM C665): Pass. e. Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Pass. B. Thickness: 1. Partitions: As indicated in the Partition Types scheduled in the Drawings. 2. Ceilings 3 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 INSULATION FASTENERS A. Adhesively Attached, Spindle-Type Insulation Anchors: 1. Plate welded to projecting spindle; capable of holding insulation of specified thickness securely in position indicated with self-locking washer in place. 2. Products: a. AGM Industries, Inc.; Series T TACTOO Insul-Hangers. b. Gemco; Spindle Type. c. Navigator. 3. Plate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, inch thick by 2 inches square. 4. Spindle: Copper-coated, low-carbon steel; fully annealed; inch in diameter; length to suit depth of insulation indicated. B. Insulation-Retaining Washers: 1. Self-locking washers formed from inch- thick galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge for increased stiffness, sized as required to hold insulation securely in place, but not less than 1-1/2 inches square or in diameter. 2. Products: a. Gemco; Dome Cap or square.. b. Similar product by AGM Industries, Inc. 3. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in the following locations: a. Crawl spaces. b. Ceiling plenums. c. Attic spaces. d. Other places where insulation is exposed. C. Insulation Standoff: 1. Spacer fabricated from galvanized mild-steel sheet for fitting over spindle of insulation anchor to maintain air space of 1 inch between face of insulation and substrate to which anchor is attached. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 7

93 SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION 2. Products: a. Gemco; Clutch Clip. D. Anchor Adhesive: 1. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, fasteners, and substrates. 2. Products: a. AGM Industries, Inc.; TACTOO Adhesive. b. Gemco; Tuff Bond Hanger Adhesive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 1. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 1. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. 2. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. 3. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 4. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION 1. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Glass-Fiber or Mineral-Wool Blanket Insulation: 1. Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. c. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. C. Metal Framed Installation: 1. Install glass-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. c. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 7

94 SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION D. Miscellaneous Voids: 1. Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: a. Loose-Fill Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. b. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 1. Install insulation where indicated in sound rated assemblies. Maintain acoustical rating of assembly. B. Ceilings: 1. Where glass-fiber blankets are indicated for sound attenuation above ceilings, install blanket insulation over entire ceiling area in thicknesses indicated. Extend insulation 48 inches up either side of partitions. 3.5 PROTECTION 1. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 7

95 SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 7

96 SECTION GLASS-FIBER ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 7

97 SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 2. Work includes preparation of a schedule of penetrations through fire-rated construction and the firestopping protection assembly proposed for this project. C. Related Sections: 1. Coordinate with HVAC, electrical, and fire suppression work. 1.2 REFERENCES 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Trustees Representative, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM E 84-96a Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2. ASTM E b Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops C. Intertek Testing Services: 1. Directory of Listed Products D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. Fire Resistance Directory PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. For penetrations through the following fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through-penetration firestop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. a. Fire-resistance-rated walls including fire walls, fire partitions, fire barriers and smoke barriers. b. Fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies including floors. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 7

98 SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING B. Rated Systems: 1. Provide through-penetration firestop systems with the following ratings determined per ASTM E 814: a. F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F-ratings indicated, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated. b. T-Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through-penetration firestop systems with T-ratings indicated, as well as F-ratings, where systems protect penetrating items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas: 1) Penetrations located outside wall cavities. 2) Penetrations located outside fire-resistance-rated shaft enclosures. C. Exposed Systems: 1. For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after construction. a. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems. b. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting floor loads involved, either by installing floor plates or by other means. c. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. 2. If required by local fire authorities, for through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. For each through-penetration firestop system, show each type of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency that evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. a. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through-penetration firestop system configuration for construction and penetrating items. b. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration for a particular through-penetration firestop condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer's fireprotection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire-resistance-rated assembly. C. Through-Penetration Firestop System Schedule: 1. Indicate locations of each through-penetration firestop system, along with the following information: a. Types of penetrating items. b. Types of constructions penetrated, including fire-resistance ratings and, where applicable, thicknesses of construction penetrated. c. Through-penetration firestop systems for each location identified by firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 2. Designations: a. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, refer to alpha-alpha-numeric designations listed in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ. b. Where OPL-classified systems are indicated, refer to alpha-numeric design numbers in OPL's "Directory of Listed Building Products, Materials, & Assemblies." c. Where ITS-listed systems are indicated, refer to design numbers listed in ITS's "Directory of Listed Products," "Firestop Systems" Section. D. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Qualification Data: For Installer. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 7

99 SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 2. Product Certificates: For conditions that are modified from tested assembly or particular to this Project, submit product certificates of through-penetration firestop system products signed by product manufacturer. 3. Product Test Reports: For conditions identical to tested assembly, submit product test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating through-penetration firestop system complies with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Comply with one of the two qualification requirements specified below: a. A firm that has been approved by FMG according to FMG 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors." b. A firm experienced in installing through-penetration firestop systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its through-penetration firestop system products to Contractor or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on buyer. B. Installation Responsibility: 1. Assign installation of through-penetration firestop systems and fire-resistive joint systems in Project to a single qualified installer. C. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain through-penetration firestop systems, for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated, through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Provide through-penetration firestop systems that comply with the following requirements and those specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article: a. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, OPL, ITS, or another agency performing testing and followup inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to University. b. Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Part 1 Performance Requirements" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: 1) Through-penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 2) Through-penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through-penetration firestop system designations listed by the following: a) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." b) OPL in its "Directory of Listed Building Products, Materials, & Assemblies." c) ITS in its "Directory of Listed Products." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Deliver through-penetration firestop system products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life if applicable, qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. 2. Store and handle materials for through-penetration firestop systems to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 7

100 SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not install through-penetration firestop systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by through-penetration firestop system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 2. Ventilate through-penetration firestop systems per manufacturer's written instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation. 1.8 COORDINATION 1. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through-penetration firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements. 2. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate throughpenetration firestop systems. 3. Notify Trustees's inspecting agency IORat least seven days in advance of through-penetration firestop system installations; confirm dates and times on days preceding each series of installations. 4. Do not cover up through-penetration firestop system installations that will become concealed behind other construction until each installation has been examined by Trustees's inspecting agency IOR and building inspector, if required by the University. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. B. Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: a. Tremco; Sealant/Weatherproofing Division. b. Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn. c. Or approved equal. 2.2 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: 1. Provide through-penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another; with the substrates forming openings; and with the items, if any, penetrating through-penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: 1. Provide components for each through-penetration firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items: 2. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following: a. Slag-/rock-wool-fiber insulation. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 7

101 SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. c. Fire-rated form board. d. Fillers for sealants. 3. Temporary forming materials. 4. Substrate primers. 5. Collars. 6. Steel sleeves. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS 1. Provide through-penetration firestop systems containing the types of fill materials required for the Project by referencing the types of materials described in this Article. Fill materials are those referred to in directories of referenced testing and inspecting agencies as "fill," "void," or "cavity" materials. B. Cast-in-Place Firestop Devices: 1. Factory-assembled devices for use in cast-in-place concrete floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a neoprene gasket. C. Latex Sealants: 1. Single-component latex formulations that after cure do not re-emulsify during exposure to moisture. D. Firestop Devices: 1. Factory-assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant. E. Intumescent Composite Sheets: 1. Rigid panels consisting of aluminum-foil-faced elastomeric sheet bonded to galvanized steel sheet. F. Intumescent Putties: 1. Nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. G. Intumescent Wrap Strips: 1. Single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side. H. Mortars: 1. Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar. I. Pillows/Bags: 1. Reusable heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents, and fire-retardant additives. J. Silicone Foams: 1. Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. K. Silicone Sealants: 1. Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of grade applicable from grades indicated below: a. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces, and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslumping, gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions. b. Grade for Horizontal Surfaces: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces. c. Grade for Vertical Surfaces: Nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 7

102 SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 2.4 MIXING 1. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with through-penetration firestop system manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of work. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: 1. Clean out openings immediately before installing through-penetration firestop systems to comply with firestop system manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: a. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through-penetration firestop systems. b. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through-penetration firestop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. c. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Priming: 1. Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration firestop system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: 1. Use masking tape to prevent through-penetration firestop systems from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestop system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestop system's seal with substrates. 3.3 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION 1. Install through-penetration firestop systems to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article and with firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Backing Materials: 1. Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 2. If system used requires removable forming materials, after installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 7

103 SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING C. Fill Materials: 1. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 2. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. 3. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 4. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION 1. Identify through-penetration firestop systems with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of edge of the firestop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestop systems. Use mechanical fasteners for metal labels. For plastic labels, use self-adhering type with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed and, in combination with label material, will result in partial destruction of label if removal is attempted. Include the following information on labels: a. The words "Warning - Through-Penetration Firestop System - Do Not Disturb. Notify UNIVERSITY of Any Damage." b. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. c. Through-penetration firestop system designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. d. Date of installation. e. Through-penetration firestop system manufacturer's name. f. Installer's name. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: 1. Trustees will engage a qualified, independent inspecting agency through the Inspector of Record to inspect through-penetration firestops. Independent inspecting agency shall comply with ASTM E 2174 requirements including those related to qualifications, conducting inspections, and preparing test reports. 2. Proceed with enclosing through-penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and firestop installations comply with requirements. B. Repairing: 1. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through-penetration firestop systems so they comply with requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTING 1. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through-penetration firestop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. 2. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that throughpenetration firestop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated throughpenetration firestop systems immediately and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 7

104 SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section includes: 1. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Framed Entrances". 1.2 REFERENCES 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Architect, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association: 1. AAMA Voluntary Specification for Exterior Perimeter Sealing Compound C. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C 719 Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants under Cyclic Movement 2. ASTM C 834 Specification for Latex Sealing Compounds 3. ASTM C 920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 4. ASTM C 1021 Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants 5. ASTM C 1085 Specification for Butyl Rubber-Based Solvent Release Sealants 6. ASTM C 1193 Guide for Use of Joint Sealants 7. ASTM C 1247 Test Method for Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids 8. ASTM C 1248 Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants 9. ASTM C 1311 Specification for Solvent Release Sealants 10. ASTM C 1330 Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants 11. ASTM D 1056 Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded Rubber 12. ASTM E 548 Guide for General Criteria Used for Evaluating Laboratory Competence D. Federal Specification: 1. FS TT-S-00230C(2) Sealing Compound; Elastomeric Type, Single Component (for Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings or Other Structures) E. Code of Federal Regulations for Food and Drugs CFR Rubber Articles Intended for Repeated Use RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 7

105 SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Building Exterior Joint Sealants: 1. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: 1. For each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of joint sealants certifying that products furnished comply with requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. 2. Field Test Report Log: For each elastomeric sealant application. Include information specified in "Field Quality Control" Article. 3. Manufacturer s Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: a. For materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. b. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 4. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating sealants comply with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current product formulations. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Product Testing: 1. Test elastomeric joint sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920, and where applicable, to other standard test methods. 2. Test other joint sealants for compliance with requirements indicated by referencing standard specifications and test methods. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. 2. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 7

106 SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: a. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. b. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint-Width Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: 1. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranties: 1. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: a. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. b. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. c. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. d. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: 1. Written warranty, signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 2. Silicones Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Section Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. B. Compatibility: 1. Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 7

107 SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: 1. Custom colors to match Architect's samples. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: 1. Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses. B. Additional Movement Capability: 1. Where additional movement capability is specified in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule, provide products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at the time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated. C. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Where elastomeric sealants are specified in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. 2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING 1. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: 1. ASTM C 1330, of types indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: a. Type C: Closed-cell material with a surface skin. b. Type O: Open-cell material. c. Type B: Bicellular material with a surface skin for Dow Corning silicone sealants. C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: 1. Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: 1. Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: 1. If priming is required by conditions, standards or sealant manufacturer, provide material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: 1. Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 7

108 SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS C. Masking Tape: 1. Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: 1. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 3. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Glass. b. Coated aluminum. B. Joint Priming: 1. Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: 1. If required by conditions, standards or manufacturer, use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Sealant Installation Standard: 1. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. General: 1. Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. 2. Backing: a. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. b. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. c. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. d. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. 3. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 7

109 SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS 4. Install sealants by proven techniques and at the same time backings. 5. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 6. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 7. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. C. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: 1. Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 2. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide configuration from below as indicated in the Drawings: a. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. b. Provide flush joint configuration, per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193, where indicated. c. Provide recessed joint configuration, per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193, of recess depth and at locations indicated. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: 1. Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. B. Hand-Pull Test Method: 1. Make knife cuts from one side of joint to the other, followed by two cuts approximately 2 inches long at sides of joint and meeting cross cut at one end. Place a mark 1 inch from cross-cut end of 2-inch piece. 2. Use fingers to grasp 2-inch piece of sealant between cross-cut end and 1-inch mark; pull firmly at a 90- degree angle or more in direction of side cuts while holding a ruler along side of sealant. Pull sealant out of joint to the distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesive capability, but not less than that equaling specified maximum movement capability in extension; hold this position for 10 seconds. 3. For joints with dissimilar substrates, check adhesion to each substrate separately. Do this by extending cut along one side, checking adhesion to opposite side, and then repeating this procedure for opposite side. C. Inspection and Recording: 1. Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements. Record results in a field adhesion test log. 2. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's fieldadhesion hand-pull test criteria. b. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free from voids. c. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. 3. Record test results in a field adhesion test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongation, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 4. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used to originally seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and new sealant contacts original sealant. D. Evaluation of Field-Test Results: 1. Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 7

110 SECTION BUILDING EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 2. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Beneficial Occupancy. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.6 ELASTOMERIC JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application JS-2: 1. Basis of Design Product: Dow Corning 795 Silicone Building Sealant. 2. Material: One-part, cold-applied, non-sagging silicone material that cures to a medium modulus silicone rubber upon exposure to atmospheric moisture. 3. Applications: Aluminum storefront entrances and curtain wall. 4. Joint-Sealant Color: Match Architect's Sample. B. Joint-Sealant Application JS-1: 1. Basis of Design Product: Dow Corning 790 Silicone Building Sealant. 2. Material: One-part silicone building sealant that cures in the presence of atmospheric moisture to produce a fire-resistant, flexible and ultra-low-modulus silicone rubber building joint seal. 3. Apply primer to concrete, coated aluminum and other surfaces where recommended by manufacturer. 4. Applications: Aluminum storefront entrances and curtain wall - At Contractor s option, use without a primer in lieu of Joint-Sealant Color: Match Architect's sample. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 7

111 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Sealants for building interior, including: a. Elastomeric sealants for general interior use. b. Acoustical sealants for interior partitions and suspended ceilings. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Building Interior Joint Sealants: 1. Provide joint sealants that establish and maintain airtight and water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: 1. For each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Joint-Width Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Joint-Substrate Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 9

112 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. B. Basis of Design Products: 1. As indicated in the schedule at the end of the section. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Compatibility: 1. Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: 1. Silicone and Non-Paintable Sealants: Custom, match Architect's samples. 2. Paintable Sealants: White. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: 1. Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses. B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Where elastomeric sealants are specified in the Elastomeric Joint-Sealant Schedule to be nonstaining to porous substrates, including granite, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant Standard: 1. Comply with ASTM C 834 for each product of this description indicated in the Latex Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: 1. For each product of this description indicated in the Acoustical Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, provide manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 9

113 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS B. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: 1. For each product of this description indicated in the Acoustical Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, provide manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission. 2.6 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING 1. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: 1. ASTM C 1330, of Type C, O or B, as recommended by sealant manufacturer for application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: 1. If required by application and recommended by sealant manufacturer, provide neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: 1. Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: 1. If priming is required by conditions, standards or sealant manufacturer, provide material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: 1. Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: 1. Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 9

114 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: 1. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 3. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. 4. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 5. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: 1. Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: 1. If required by conditions, standards or manufacturer, use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Sealant Installation Standard: 1. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: 1. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. General: 1. Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. 2. Backing: a. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. b. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. c. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. d. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. 3. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. 4. Install sealants by proven techniques and at the same time backings. 5. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 6. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 7. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. D. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: 1. Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 9

115 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS 2. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 2. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.5 ELASTOMERIC JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1. Basis of Design Product: Sikaflex - 1a; Sika Corporation. a. Or approved equal. 2. ASTM C 920, Class: Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 4. TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class A. 5. Passed test by ASTM E 119 (UL 263). 6. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (non-traffic). 7. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 8. Sealant Installed Depth: Maximum ½ inch, minimum 1/4 inch. 9. Locations: General use. 3.6 ACOUSTICAL JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: 1. Products: SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant; USG Corp., United States Gypsum Co. a. Or approved equal. 2. Locations: Gypsum board assemblies, including walls, partitions and suspended ceilings; acoustical ceilings. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 9

116 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 9

117 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 9

118 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 8 of 9

119 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 9 of 9

120 SECTION ALUMINUM FRAMES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION ALUMINUM FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Interior aluminum frames for doors and glazing installed in gypsum board partitions, non-rated. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for wood doors installed in interior aluminum frames. 2. Division 26 Sections for electrical connections including conduit and wiring for door controls and operators. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Architect, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association: 1. AAMA 609 & : Cleaning and Maintenance Guide for Architecturally Finished Aluminum 2. AAMA : Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM B : Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes D. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers: 1. Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, fire-resistance rating, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include the following: a. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 5

121 SECTION ALUMINUM FRAMES Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 b. Locations of reinforcements and preparations for hardware. c. Details of each different wall-opening condition. d. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. e. Details of accessories. f. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. g. Details of conduits and preparations for power, signal, and control systems. C. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of interior aluminum frame. D. Project Closeout Submittals: 1. Maintenance Data: For interior aluminum frames to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain interior aluminum frames from single source from single manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Deliver interior aluminum frames palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use non-vented plastic. Store interior aluminum frames under cover at Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are Basis of Design Products. Basis of Design Products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. The Project s design is based on the Basis-of-Design Products specified. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. B. Basis-of-Design Product: 1. Venus profile by Advance Architectural Frames, Garden Grove, California, , 2. Similar product by Western Integrated Materials, Inc., Long Beach, CA, (800) ; (818) , 3. Or approved equal. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 5

122 SECTION ALUMINUM FRAMES Issued for Bid August 15, COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Framing, General: 1. ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5 or alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements, not less than inch thick. B. Door Frames: 1. Reinforced for hinges and strikes. 2. Fabricate frame members for 90-minute fire-protection rating with interior cold-formed, primed, steel liner. C. Glazing Frames: 1. For glazing thickness indicated. D. Ceiling Tracks: 1. Extruded aluminum. E. Trim: 1. Extruded aluminum, not less than inch thick, with removable snap-in glazing stops and door stops without exposed fasteners. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 5

123 SECTION ALUMINUM FRAMES Issued for Bid August 15, Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless-steel or other noncorrosive metal fasteners compatible with frames, stops, panels, reinforcement plates, hardware, anchors, and other items being fastened. B. Sound Seals: 1. Manufacturer's standard continuous mohair, wool pile, or vinyl seals. C. Smoke Seals: 1. Intumescent strip or fire-rated gaskets. D. Glazing Gaskets: 1. Manufacturer's standard extruded or molded plastic, to accommodate glazing thickness indicated. E. Glazing: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing." F. Hardware: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 08 door hardware Sections. 2.4 FABRICATION 1. Machine jambs and prepare for hardware, with concealed reinforcement plates, drilled and tapped as required, and fastened within frame with concealed screws. 2. Provide concealed corner reinforcements and alignment clips for accurately fitted hairline joints at butted or mitered connections. 3. Fabricate frames for glazing with removable stops to allow glazing replacement without dismantling frame. 4. Fabricate all components to allow secure installation without exposed fasteners. 2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES 1. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 2. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Class II, Clear Anodic Finish: 1. AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class II, clear coating mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine walls, floors, and ceilings, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance of work. 2. Verify that wall thickness does not exceed standard tolerances allowed by throat size indicated. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 5

124 SECTION ALUMINUM FRAMES Issued for Bid August 15, INSTALLATION 1. Comply with frame manufacturer's written installation instructions. 2. Install frames plumb and square, securely anchored to substrates. 3. Install frame components in the longest possible lengths; components up to 72 inches long must be 1 piece. 4. Fasten to suspended ceiling grid on maximum 48-inch centers, using sheet metal screws or other fasteners approved by frame manufacturer. 5. Use concealed installation clips to produce tightly fitted and aligned splices and connections. 6. Secure clips to main structural extrusion components and not to snap-in or trim members. 7. Do not leave screws or other fasteners exposed to view when installation is complete. 3.3 CLEANING 1. Clean exposed frame surfaces promptly after installation, using cleaning methods recommended by frame manufacturer and according to AAMA 609 & Touch up marred frame surfaces so touchup is not visible from a distance of 48 inches. Remove and replace frames with damaged finish that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 5

125 SECTION INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces, non-rated. 2. Factory finishing flush wood doors. 3. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for veneer specification and blue printing requirements. 2. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Frames". 1.2 REFERENCES 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Trustees Representative, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. Architectural Woodwork Institute: 1. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated. 8th ed. Version C. Door and Hardware Institute: 1. DHI A115-W (Various Dates) Wood Door Hardware Standards, Hardware Preparation 2. DHI-WDHS Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors D. International Conference of Building Officials: 1. UBC Standard Fire Tests of Door Assemblies E. Window & Door Manufacturers Association (Formerly: National Wood Window and Door Association): 1. WDMA I.S.1-A-04 Architectural Wood Flush Doors 2. WDMA I.S Specification for Testing Cellulosic Materials for Use in Fenestration Products 3. WDMA TM-6-88 Test Method for Determining the Performance of Adhesive Bonds in Doors Under Accelerated Aging Conditions RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 5

126 SECTION INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of door indicated. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. Include factory-finishing specifications. B. Samples for Verification: 1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 24 by 36 inches, for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work. C. Warranty: 1. Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. B. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer. C. Quality Standard: 1. In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. 3. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2. Certain wood species are light sensitive. Protect doors from exposure to natural and artificial light after delivery. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 3. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 4. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 5

127 SECTION INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. B. Basis of Design Product: 1. Basis of Design Product: Marshfield Signature Series, Environmental Class Doors by Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. a. Comparable products by Eggers, (920) , b. Or approved equal. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: 1. Heavy Duty for entrance to rooms with occupancy higher than 5, Janitor Rooms, and Restrooms. 2. Standard Duty for balance of installation. B. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: 1. Extra Heavy Duty: Public toilets, janitor's closets, assembly spaces, conference rooms, exits. 2. Standard Duty: Closets (not including janitor's closets). 3. Heavy Duty: Balance of installation. C. Particleboard-Core Doors: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as needed to eliminate through-bolting hardware. D. Structural-Composite-Lumber-Core Doors: 1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I.S.10. a. Screw Withdrawal, Face: 700 lbf. b. Screw Withdrawal, Edge: 400 lbf. 2.3 VENEERED-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Interior Solid-Core Doors: 1. Grade: Premium, with Grade A faces. 2. Species, Cut, Match: As specified for cabinets in Division 06 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork". 3. Room Match: Match door faces within each separate room or area of building. Corridor-door faces do not need to match where they are separated by 10 feet or more. 4. Exposed Vertical Edges: Same species as faces. 5. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. Faces are bonded to core using a hot press. 6. Blueprint room doors when adjacent to wood veneered cabinets. See Division 06 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork". RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 5

128 SECTION INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS 2.4 FABRICATION 1. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 2. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. B. Factory Machining: 1. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI- WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates. 2. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2.5 FACTORY FINISHING 1. Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 2. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. 3. Finish doors at factory. B. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: WDMA TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. 3. Staining: Match Trustees Representative's sample. 4. Sheen: Satin. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. 2. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 3. Reject doors with defects. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: 1. For installation, see Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: 1. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 2. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80. C. Factory-Fitted Doors: 1. Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory-Finished Doors: 1. Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 5

129 SECTION INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: 1. Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: 1. Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 5

130 SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section includes: 1. Wall access doors, rated and non-rated. 2. Ceiling access doors as follows: a. Glass fiber reinforced units at gypsum board ceilings in public areas. b. Galvanized steel at balance of installation. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section Gypsum Board for ceilings, walls and partitions where access doors and frames are scheduled to be installed. 1.2 REFERENCES 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Trustees Representative, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A 36/A 36M-03a Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2. ASTM A 123/A 123M-02 Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 3. ASTM A 153/A 153M-03 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 4. ASTM A 283/A 283M-03 Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 5. ASTM A 591/A 591M-98 Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated, for Light Coating Weight [Mass] Applications 6. ASTM A 653/A 653M-03 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 7. ASTM A Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings 8. ASTM A 924/A 924M-99 Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process 9. ASTM E a Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials C. NAAMM - National Association of Trustees Representativeural Metal Manufacturers: 1. Metal Finishes Manual for Trustees Representativeural and Metal Products RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 7

131 SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES D. NFPA: 1. NFPA Fire Doors and Fire Windows 2. NFPA Standard Method of Fire Tests for Door Assemblies E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1. UL 10B-97 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 2. UL Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of door and frame indicated. Include construction details relative to materials, individual components and profiles, finishes, and fire ratings (if required) for access doors and frames. B. Samples: 1. Submit three 8 by 8 inches samples of GFRG material with applied finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: 1. Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to access door and frame assemblies tested for firetest-response characteristics per the following test method and that are labeled and listed by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to the University: a. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for vertical access doors. b. ASTM E 119 or UBC Standard 7.1 or UL 263 for horizontal access doors and frames. C. Size Variations: 1. Obtain Trustees Representative's acceptance of manufacturer's standard-size units, which may vary slightly from sizes indicated. D. Insulated Units: 1. Provide insulated doors in insulated or acoustically rated construction. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Verification: 1. Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed equipment, and indicate on schedule specified in "Submittals" Article. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 7

132 SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES B. Basis of Design Products: 1. Steel Access Doors at Utility Areas: a. J. L. Industries, Inc. b. Similar products by Larsen's Manufacturing Company. c. Or approved equal. 2. Public Areas Gypsum Board Ceilings and Walls: a. Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Access Doors: IntexForms, 6980 Monterey Road, Gilroy CA 95020, (408) b. Aluminum Door and Frame: Bauco Plus BP58 access panel by Acudor Products, Inc., 4126 North Pecos Rd., Suite 104, Las Vegas, NV 89115, c. Or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: 1. ASTM A 36/A 36M. a. ASTM A 123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products. b. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: 1. ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, and surface defects; pickled and oiled; with minimum thickness indicated representing specified nominal thickness according to ASTM A 568/A 568M. C. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: 1. ASTM A 366/A 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A 620/A 620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness; with minimum thickness indicated representing specified nominal thickness according to ASTM A 568/A 568M. Electrolytic zinc-coated steel sheet, complying with ASTM A 591/A 591M, Class C coating, may be substituted at fabricator's option. D. Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: 1. ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), with Class C coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting; with minimum thickness indicated representing specified nominal thickness according to ASTM A 568/A 568M for uncoated base metal. E. Drywall Beads: 1. Edge trim formed from inch zinc-coated steel sheet formed to receive joint compound and in size to suit thickness of gypsum board. F. GFRG Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum: 1. Free of asbestos and resin, reiforce with continuous random filament glassfiber mat, without additives or chopped strand fiber reinforcing. 2.3 PAINT 1. Comply with Division 09 Section Interior Painting. B. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: 1. Manufacturer s standard coating. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: 1. High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Insulated, Fire-Rated Access Doors for Stud Walls and Shafts: RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 7

133 SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 1. Product: L-Frap Fire Rated Access Panels, by Larsen s. 2. Construction: Self-latching units with mitered corners, rolled edges on frames, consisting of frame, trim, door, insulation, and hardware, including automatic closer and interior latch release. 3. Steel: 20 gage galvanized bonderized steel. 4. Hinge: Continuous type, galvanized steel with stainless steel pin. 5. Locks: Flush to finished surface, key-operated cylinder lock. 6. Rating: U.L. rated for 1-1/2 hour for two hour wall system, Class B, heat transmission less 250 degrees F after 30 minutes, UL File #R B. Gypsum Board Wall Access Panels: 1. Construction: Units consisting of frame with a special grooved drywall bead configuration with a textured surface to be finished with joint compound in sufficient thickness to cover and conceal the flange, so that when installed, only panel door remains exposed. 2. Frame: T6 extruded aluminum. 3. Panels: 14 gage galvanized bonderized steel. 4. Locks: Flush to finished surface, key-operated cylinder lock. a. Hinge: Continuous, concealed zinc plated. 5. Products: a. L-DWC Drywall Access Panel, by Larsen s. b. Similar product by J. L. Industries, Inc., (800) ; (952) , or equal C. Ceiling Access Doors at Gypsum Board Ceilings and Soffits in Public Areas: 1. Frame and Panel: Glass fiber reinforced gypsum, reinforced with steel or wood. 2. Panel Type: Drop-In, flush with frame and adjacent gypsum surface after installation. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 7

134 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, Sizes: As indicated on the Drawings or required for each location, from manufacturer s standard sizes or custom. 4. Product: a. Access panels by Intex Forms, Inc. b. Similar product by U.S.F. Fabrication, or equal. D. Aluminum Access Door in Gypsum Assemblies in Public Areas: 1. Door: Aluminum extrusion with 5/8" drywall inserted into door panel. 2. Frame: Recessed aluminum extrusion provides similar edge to drywall bead against which wall or ceiling surface can be finished. 3. Hinge: Concealed non-corroding two point pin hinge. Hinge allows door panel to open to 120 degrees, and also allows for door panel to be removed. 4. Mill finish. 5. Provide cam type locking device. Provide cylinder lock type access doors located in public corridors and washrooms complete with master keys. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 7

135 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, FABRICATION 1. Manufacture each access door assembly as an integral unit ready for installation. B. Sizes: 1. Provide access doors of proper size for access to concealed equipment. Unless otherwise indicated, minimum size to be 12-inch x 12-inch for hand access and minimum 18-inch x 18-inch for valve and actuator access and 24-inch x 24-inch for equipment access. C. Steel Access Doors and Frames: 1. Continuous welded construction. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. 2. Exposed Flange: Nominal 1 to 1-1/2 inches wide around perimeter of frame. 3. Locking Devices: a. Furnish number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. b. For cylinder lock, furnish 2 keys per lock and key all locks alike. c. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish. D. GFRG Panels: 1. Fabrication Tolerances: a. Dimensional in all Directions: +/- 1/8 inch. b. Skin Thickness: +/- 1/16 inch. c. Total Unit Thickness: +/- 1/8 inch. d. Flatness: +/- 1/16 inch per foot. E. Identification: 1. Provide color-coded dots on access doors to indicate type of service. 2.6 STEEL FINISHES 1. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Trustees Representativeural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 2. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: a. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 7

136 SECTION SUMMARY Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 C. Shop Priming: 1. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 1. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door and floor door installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. 2. Coordinate location of access doors in hung ceilings, furred spaces, walls, etc., to provide access to concealed work items requiring maintenance and/or adjustment. Obtain approval of the Trustee's Representative for the locations of such access doors. 3. Locate and group equipment requiring access doors. Coordinate location of equipment with other trades to minimize number of access doors in one area. 4. Provide access doors for maintenance or adjustment purposes for mechanical system components, including but not limited to the following: a. Valves b. Dampers c. Concealed equipment 3.2 INSTALLATION 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. B. Steel Panels: 1. Install access doors with trimless frames flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. C. GFRG Panels: 1. Fasten units with screws, bolts or welding, as indicated in reviewed Shop Drawings. Tape, float and sand joints in accordance with Division 09 Section. Leave surfaces smooth ready to receive finish. D. Aluminum Panels: 1. Fasten units as directed by manufacturer. 3.3 FINISHING, ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Identification: 1. Mark doors by small color markings at corner as follows: a. HVAC Blue b. Fire Protection Red c. Plumbing Silver B. General: 1. Paint panels to match adjacent surface in accordance with Division 09 Section Interior Painting. 2. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation. 3. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 7

137 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Building Exterior: Manual-swing entrance door and door-frame units. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Hardware" for general hardware requirements. 1.2 REFERENCES 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Architect, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association: 1. AAMA Standard Test Method for Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors for Water Penetration Using Dynamic Pressure 2. AAMA Voluntary Specifications for Pile Weatherstripping 3. AAMA Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections 4. AAMA High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A 36/A 36M-00a Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2. ASTM A 123/A 123M-00 Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 3. ASTM A 153/A 153M-00 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 4. ASTM A 1008/A 1008M-00 Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability 5. ASTM A 1011/A 1011M-00 Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability 6. ASTM B Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 7. ASTM B Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes 8. ASTM B 308/B 308M-00 Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles 9. ASTM B Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 12

138 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 10. ASTM E (Reapproved 1999) Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors under Specified Pressure Differences across the Specimen 11. ASTM E Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 12. ASTM E Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 13. ASTM E Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors 14. ASTM E Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference D. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association: 1. BHMA A Butts and Hinges (ANSI) 2. BHMA A Exit Devices (ANSI) 3. BHMA A Door Controls-Closers (ANSI) 4. BHMA A Auxiliary Locks & Associated Products (ANSI) 5. BHMA A Architectural Door Trim (ANSI) 6. BHMA A Door Controls-Overhead Stops and Holders (ANSI) 7. BHMA A Auxiliary Hardware (ANSI) 8. BHMA A Thresholds (ANSI) E. Federal Government: 1. U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG). Adopted in 1991; continual revisions. F. NAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers: 1. Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products G. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL Panic Hardware 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ADA/ABA Accessibility Guidelines: 1. U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." B. General Performance: 1. Aluminum-framed doors shall withstand the effects of the following performance requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction: a. Movements of supporting structure. b. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 2. Failure includes the following: a. Deflection exceeding specified limits. b. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movements to glazing. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and by thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. e. Sealant failure. f. Failure of operating units. C. Structural-Test Performance: 1. Provide doors tested according to ASTM E 330 as follows: a. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, systems do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. b. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, systems, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. c. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not fewer than 10 seconds. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 12

139 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES D. Air Infiltration: 1. Provide aluminum-framed systems with maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static-airpressure difference of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. E. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: 1. Provide aluminum-framed systems that do not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. F. Water Penetration under Dynamic Pressure: 1. Provide aluminum-framed systems that do not evidence water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to AAMA under dynamic pressure equal to 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. 2. Maximum Water Leakage: According to AAMA Water leakage does not include water controlled by flashing and gutters that is drained to exterior and water that cannot damage adjacent materials or finishes. G. Thermal Movements: 1. Provide aluminum-framed systems that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 2. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 3. Interior Ambient-Air Temperature: 75 deg F. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for aluminum-framed systems. B. Shop Drawings: 1. For aluminum-framed systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Include details of provisions for system expansion and contraction and for drainage of moisture in the system to the exterior. C. Other Action Submittals: 1. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of entrance door hardware. D. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and testing agency. 2. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For door systems, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. a. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 3. Welding certificates. 4. Field quality-control reports. E. Project Closeout Submittals: 1. Maintenance Data: For aluminum-framed systems to include in maintenance manuals. 2. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 12

140 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES B. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated. C. Product Options: 1. Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for systems' aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance. 2. Do not revise intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If revisions are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. D. Accessible Entrances: 1. Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines. E. Welding Qualifications: 1. Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify actual locations of adjacent construcion for aluminum-framed doors by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas. e. Failure of operating components. 3. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: 20 Insert number years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Entrance Door Hardware: 1. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of entrance door hardware. 2. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of entrance door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper entrance door hardware operation at rated speed and capacity. Provide parts and supplies the same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 12

141 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis-of-Design Product establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. The Project s design is based on the Basis-of-Design Products specified. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products and manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. B. Building Exterior Aluminum Framing Systems: 1. Basis of Design Product Manufacturer: Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company. a. Aluminum Doors: As indicated on the Drawings. 2. Alternate Manufacturer: Vistawall Architectural Products; The Vistawall Group; a Bluescope Steel company. 3. Or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: 1. Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 2. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. 6. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M. B. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer, complying with SSPC- PS Guide No ; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard. a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. 2.3 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members: 1. Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. a. Construction: Nonthermal. b. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. c. Glazing Plane: As indicated on the Drawings. B. Brackets and Reinforcements: 1. Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. C. Fasteners and Accessories: 1. Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 12

142 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 2. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 3. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. D. Concrete Inserts: 1. Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts, complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M. E. Concealed Flashing: 1. Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. F. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: 1. Manufacturer's standard, recommended by manufacturer for joint type. 2.4 GLAZING SYSTEMS A. Glazing: 1. Match glass in existing aluminum-framed doors. B. Glazing Gaskets: 1. Manufacturer's standard compression types; replaceable, molded or extruded, of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. C. Spacers and Setting Blocks: 1. Manufacturer's standard elastomeric type. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: 1. Manufacturer's standard TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which sealants will not develop adhesion. 2.5 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS A. Building Exterior Entrance Doors: 1. Manufacturer's heavy duty glazed entrance doors designed for high traffic applications for manual-swing operation. 2. Constructed with 3/16 inch thick walls throughout door and frame 3. Stiles: 3-1/2 inches wide with 2 inch deep door sections. 4. Door frame face: 2 inches wide and 4-1/2 inches deep. a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches above floor or ground plane. 5. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled or square, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a. Provide non-removable glazing stops on outside of door. 6. Provide adjustable astragal and weatherstripping. B. Entrance Door Hardware: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. C. Aluminum Finish: 1. Match existing framing. 2.6 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE 1. Provide entrance door hardware and entrance door hardware sets indicated in the Drawings in the door and frame schedule for each entrance door to comply with requirements in this Section. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 12

143 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 3. Opening-Force Requirements: a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch and not more than 30 lbf to set the door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open the door to its minimum required width. b. Delayed-Egress Locks: Lock releases within 15 seconds after applying a force of not more than 15 lbf for not more than 3 seconds. c. Latches and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf required to release latch. B. Pivot Hinges: 1. BHMA A156.4, Grade Offset-Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermediate offset pivots at each door leaf. C. Butt Hinges: 1. BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, radius corner. 2. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while entrance door is closed. 3. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 4. Quantities: a. For doors up to 87 inches high, provide 3 hinges per leaf. b. For doors more than 87 and up to 120 inches high, provide 4 hinges per leaf. D. Continuous-Gear Hinges: 1. Manufacturer's standard with stainless-steel bearings between knuckles, fabricated to full height of door and frame. E. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: 1. BHMA A156.5, Grade 1. F. Automatic and Self-Latching Flush Bolts: 1. BHMA A156.3, Grade 1. G. Panic Exit Devices: 1. BHMA A156.3, Grade 1, listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. H. Cylinders: 1. As specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 2. Keying: As directed by Owner. I. Strikes: 1. Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. J. Operating Trim: 1. BHMA A K. Closers: 1. BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. L. Concealed Overhead Holders: 1. BHMA A156.8, Grade 1. M. Surface-Mounted Holders: 1. BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. N. Door Stops: 1. BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location indicated, with integral rubber bumper. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 12

144 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES O. Weather Stripping: 1. Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. 2. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or ASTM D 2287, molded PVC. 3. Sliding Type: AAMA 701, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip backing. P. Weather Sweeps: 1. Manufacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. Q. Silencers: 1. BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. R. Thresholds: 1. BHMA A156.21, raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch. 2.7 AUTOMATIC SWING DOOR OPERATORS 1. Comply with ANSI/BHMA and Basis of Design Product: UniversalSwing Automatic Swing Door Operator by Horton Automatics, Operator shall fully open the door without interfering with the use of wheelchairs. 2.8 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Joint Sealants: 1. For installation at perimeter of aluminum-framed systems, as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." B. Bituminous Paint: 1. Cold-applied, asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos; formulated for 30-mil thickness per coat. 2.9 FABRICATION 1. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Welding: 1. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Framing Members, General: 1. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: a. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. b. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. c. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. d. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. e. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. f. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. g. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: 1. Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 8 of 12

145 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES E. Window/Storefront Framing: 1. Fabricate components for assembly using [shear-block system] [screw-spline system] [head-and-sillreceptor system with shear blocks at intermediate horizontal members] <Insert system>. F. Entrance Door Frames: 1. Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware. 2. At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. 3. At interior doors, provide silencers at stops to prevent metal-to-metal contact. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single-door frames and two silencers on head of frames for pairs of doors. G. Entrance Doors: 1. Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware. 2. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding-type weather stripping retained in adjustable strip and mortised into door edge. 3. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. H. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: 1. Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factoryinstalled entrance door hardware before applying finishes. I. Identification: 1. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. 6. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. 7. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. 8. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation. 9. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, and without warp or rack. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or applying sealant or tape, or by installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Glazing: 1. Install glazing as specified in Division 08 Section "Glazing." RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 9 of 12

146 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES D. Entrance Doors: 1. Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 2. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 3. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. E. Joint Sealants: 1. Install perimeter joint sealants as specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES 1. Install aluminum-framed systems to comply with the following maximum erection tolerances: 2. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/4 inch over total length. 3. Alignment: a. Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch. b. Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch. B. Diagonal Measurements: 1. Limit difference between diagonal measurements to 1/8 inch. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: 1. Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections. B. Testing Services: 1. Testing and inspecting of representative areas to determine compliance of installed systems with specified requirements shall take place as follows. Do not proceed with installation of the next area until test results for previously completed areas show compliance with requirements. 2. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA and shall not evidence water penetration. a. Test Area: A minimum area of 75 feet by full height of window aluminum-framed systems. C. Completing Testing: 1. Repair or remove work if test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. 2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3. Aluminum-framed assemblies will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 4. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 ADJUSTING 1. Adjust operating entrance door hardware to function smoothly as recommended by manufacturer. 2. For entrance doors accessible to people with disabilities, adjust closers to provide a 3-second closer sweep period for doors to move from a 70-degree open position to 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading door edge. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 10 of 12

147 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 11 of 12

148 SECTION ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 12 of 12

149 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Commercial door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Sections "Flush Wood Doors" and "Standard Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for items provided as part of fire-rated labeled assemblies. 2. Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames" for access door hardware, including cylinders. 3. Division 08 Section Aluminum Framed Entrances. D. Installation: 1. General types and approximate quantities of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule to help estimate installation and other Work not included in door hardware allowance. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Manufacturer s Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. B. Samples: 1. For exposed door hardware of each type indicated below, in specified finish, full size. Tag with full description for coordination with the Door Hardware Schedule. Submit samples before, or concurrent with, submission of the final Door Hardware Schedule. 2. Door Hardware: As requested by Architect. 3. Samples will be returned to Contractor. Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison process may, after final check of operation, be incorporated into the Work, within limitations of keying requirements. C. Door Hardware Schedule: 1. Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 2. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 3. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 6

150 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of this section. 4. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. 5. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. 6. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of final schedule along with essential Product Data to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule after Samples, Product Data, coordination with Shop Drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. D. Keying Schedule: 1. Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. E. Product Certificates: 1. Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire doors complies with listed fire door assemblies. F. Qualification Data: 1. For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. 2. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. G. Maintenance Data: 1. For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. H. Warranties: 1. Special warranties specified in this Section. 2. Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer s Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Supplier Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with five years of experience. 2. Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 6

151 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE Issued for Bid August 15, Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. D. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: 1. A person who is currently certified by the Door and Hardware Institute as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. E. Source Limitations: 1. Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. F. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)," and CBD as follows: a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist. b. Door Closers: Provide automatic swing door operators that will open the door fully. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements indicated: 1) Interior Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. 2) Sliding or Folding Doors: 5 lbf applied parallel to door at latch. 3) Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. c. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. 2. NFPA 101: Comply with the following for means of egress doors: a. Latches, Locks, and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. b. Door Closers: Not more than 30 lbf to set door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open door to minimum required width. c. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. G. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: 1. Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure. H. Keying Conference: 1. Conduct conference with Owner at Project site to comply with requirements in SECTION Project Meetings. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not limited to, the following: a. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. b. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. c. Requirements for key control system. d. Address for delivery of keys. e. Include construction keying. f. Key to existing keying system I. Pre-installation Conference: 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review required testing, inspecting, and certifying procedures. 3. Review salvaged hardware and determine pieces that can be re-installed and the quantity and type of hardware required new for a complete installation. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site. 2. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 3. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 6

152 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE Issued for Bid August 15, Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 5. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Templates: 1. Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: 1. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: 1. Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: Ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: 1. Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. 2. Furnish special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Maintenance Service: 1. Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door hardware operation. Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 6

153 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE Issued for Bid August 15, 2009 B. Products: 1. As indicated on the Drawings in the Hardware Schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. 2. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: 1. Comply with DHI A115 series. 2. Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to SDI 107. B. Wood Doors: 1. Comply with DHI A115-W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: 1. Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: a. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." b. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. General: 1. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 2. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 3. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Key Control System: 1. Place keys on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. D. Boxed Power Supplies: 1. Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings or in equipment room. Verify location with Architect. 2. Configuration: Provide one power supply for each door opening. E. Thresholds: 1. Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section Building Interior Joint Sealants. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 6

154 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE Issued for Bid August 15, FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: 1. Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. 2. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: 1. Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 2. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 30 degrees. 3. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. B. Six-Month Adjustment: 1. Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer shall perform the following: 2. Examine and readjust each item of door hardware as necessary to ensure function of doors, door hardware. 3. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel on recommended maintenance procedures. 4. Replace door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of door hardware units. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. 2. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. 3. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 6

155 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Glazing for the following interior applications: Interior borrowed lites. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 8 Section "Aluminum Frames". 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Bring conflicts between Specifications, Drawings, and the referenced documents to the attention of the Architect, in writing, for resolution before taking any related action. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. If the year of the adoption or latest revision is omitted from the designation, it shall mean the specification, manual or test designation in effect the date the Notice to Proceed with the Work is given. B. American National Standards Institute: 1. ANSI Z Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material 2. ASTM C Specification for Lock-Strip Gaskets 3. ASTM C Specification for Installing Lock-Strip Gaskets and Infill Glazing Materials 4. ASTM C Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers 5. ASTM C Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 6. ASTM C Practice for Laboratories Engaged in the Testing of Building Sealants 7. ASTM C Specification for Flat Glass 8. ASTM C Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass 9. ASTM C Specification for Dense Elastomeric Silicone Rubber Gaskets and Accessories D. Code of Federal Regulations: CFR Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials CFR 59, Subpart D-2005 National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 6

156 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING E. Glass Association of North America: 1. GANA Engineering Standards Manual (2008). 2. GANA Glazing Manual (50th Anniversary Edition). F. International Code Council: 1. International Building Code PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each glass product and glazing material indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. B. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: 1. Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method. C. Glazing Publications: 1. Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. a. GANA Glazing Manual (50th Anniversary Edition) D. Safety Glazing Labeling: 1. Where safety glazing labeling is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction or the manufacturer. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 6

157 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are basis of design products. Basis of design products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 1 requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Subcontractor. 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Thickness: 1. Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass lites in thicknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated. B. Strength: 1. Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide Kind FT heat-treated float glass. 2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass: 1. ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated. B. Heat-Treated Float Glass: 1. ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality-Q3; Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated; of kind and condition indicated. 2. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated. 3. For uncoated glass, comply with requirements for Condition A. 2.4 GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: 1. Molded or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal, made from one of the following: a. EPDM complying with ASTM C 864. b. Silicone complying with ASTM C c. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber complying with ASTM C B. Soft Compression Gaskets: 1. Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned EPDM, silicone, or thermoplastic polyolefin rubber gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. 2. Application: Use where soft compression gaskets will be compressed by inserting dense compression gaskets on opposite side of glazing or pressure applied by means of pressure-glazing stops on opposite side of glazing. C. Lock-Strip Gaskets: RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 6

158 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING 1. Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock-strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black. 2.5 GLAZING SEALANTS 1. As specified in Division 07 Section Building Interior Joint Sealants. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS 1. Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: 1. Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: 1. Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: 1. Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: 1. Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). 2.7 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS 1. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: a. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. b. Minimum required face and edge clearances. c. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION 1. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. 2. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that will leave visible marks in the completed work. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 6

159 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING 3.3 GLAZING 1. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. 2. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. B. Protection: 1. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. C. Setting Blocks: 1. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. D. Glass Lites: 1. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. 2. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. a. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. b. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. 3. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. 4. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. E. Gaskets: 1. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. 2. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) 1. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. 2. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. 3. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. B. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: 1. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: 1. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 6

160 SECTION BUILDING INTERIOR GLAZING compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.5 LOCK-STRIP GASKET GLAZING 1. Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's written instructions. Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. 2. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 3. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 4. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. 5. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 3.7 INTERIOR GLASS SCHEDULE A. Interior Glass Type GL-1: 1. Monolithic, clear fully tempered float glass. 2. Thickness: 6.0 mm. 3. Provide safety glazing labeling. 4. Basis of Design Manufacturer: a. PPG Industries. b. Oldcastle Glass. c. Viracon. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 6

161 SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. The following applies to this section: a. General Conditions of the Contract: "Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build Minor Capital Outlay Projects", The California State University, prepared by The Office of Chancellor, Capital Planning, Design, and Construction, Revised January b. Supplementary Conditions: "Supplementary General Conditions to Contract General Conditions for Design-Bid-Build (Minor Capital Outlay) Projects". c. The Plans. d. Division 01 Specification Sections and related requirements in other sections of the Project Manual. e. Related requirements in other Contract Documents listed in the Agreement. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing members for interior framing systems, non-rated assemblies. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Deflection Limits: 1. Verify with manufacturer's published literature the gauge and spacing of studs required for the following maximum partitions deflections for each height indicated: 1/360, all walls. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products described below and identified by product name, model number, or other manufacturer designation, are Basis of Design Products. Basis of Design Products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project. The Project s design is based on the Basis-of-Design Products specified. 2. Subject to the requirements of Division 01 Product Requirements, products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution, provided they are comparable to the products specified. a. If No substitutions is indicated next to the product name, provide only products of listed manufacturers. b. The burden of proof of equality of proposed products is on the Contractor. B. Basis of Design Manufacturer: 1. Dietrich Metal Framing, 2525 South Airport Way, Stockton, CA 95206, Phone: Fax: , rmitchell@dietrichindustries.com. a. Comparable products by CEMCO. b. Or approved equal. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 1 of 7

162 SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 2. Products: a. Non-load Bearing Studs: Drywall Non-Load Bearing Studs UST Series. b. Track: Non-Load Bearing Studs UST Series UT Series. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Framing Members, General: 1. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 2. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Studs and Runners: 1. ASTM C Steel Studs and Runners: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 3. At Contractor's option, provide dimpled steel studs and runners: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. c. Basis of Design Product: Dietrich Metal Framing UltraSTEEL 20 gauge-equivalent. C. Slip-Type Head Joints: 1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Basis of Design Product: UltraSteel Long Leg Deflection Track, UT Series by Dietrich. D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: 1. Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 2. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: inch. E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: inch bare-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 2. Depth: 1-1/2 inches, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.. 3. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, inch- thick, galvanized steel. F. Framing Members, General: 1. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 2. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. 3. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. G. Studs and Runners: 1. ASTM C 645. At Contractor's option, use either "smooth face" steel studs and runners or "dimpled face" steel studs and runners. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS 1. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 2. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 2 of 7

163 SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Installation Standard: 1. ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. General: 1. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. 2. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. 3. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 4. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. 5. Space studs as required by span height and gauge for a deflection limit of 1/360 at 5psf lateral pressure. C. Tracks: 1. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 2. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 3. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 4. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. D. Installation Tolerance: 1. Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 3 of 7

164 SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING LIMITING HEIGHTS FOR INTERIOR NON-STRUCTURAL 30-MIL (20GA) FRAMED WALLS - SSMA RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 4 of 7

165 SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 5 of 7

166 SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 6 of 7

167 SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING RMW CSU East Bay - Student Services Administration Building, Hayward, Ca First Floor Main Lobby (SIL) Page - 7 of 7

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY PROJECT NAME JOB # ISSUED: 03/29/2017

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY PROJECT NAME JOB # ISSUED: 03/29/2017 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other

More information

George Washington Middle School - HVAC Replacement 100% Construction Documents May 7, 2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS

George Washington Middle School - HVAC Replacement 100% Construction Documents May 7, 2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

More information

PROJECT MANUAL POINT BLANK RANGE & GUN SHOP. 600 Corporate way Knoxville, TN. Bid/Permit Set

PROJECT MANUAL POINT BLANK RANGE & GUN SHOP. 600 Corporate way Knoxville, TN. Bid/Permit Set PROJECT MANUAL POINT BLANK RANGE & GUN SHOP 600 Corporate way Knoxville, TN Bid/Permit Set Division Section Title SPECIFICATIONS GROUP DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 012600 CONTRACT

More information

TRUMAN STATE UNIVERSITY SITE IMPROVEMENTS, KIRK BLDG, MISSOURI HALL & STUDENT REC CENTER LTD RENOVATIONS

TRUMAN STATE UNIVERSITY SITE IMPROVEMENTS, KIRK BLDG, MISSOURI HALL & STUDENT REC CENTER LTD RENOVATIONS SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,

More information

SPECIFICATIONS. September 27, 2016 Bid Set

SPECIFICATIONS. September 27, 2016 Bid Set SPECIFICATIONS September 27, 2016 Bid Set CITY HALL SUITE 100 & 102 RENOVATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS (Refer to Project Book under separate cover for additional requirements) SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL

More information

University of Oklahoma Sarkeys Energy Center Atriums Waterproofing Project mass project no Set no. project manual.

University of Oklahoma Sarkeys Energy Center Atriums Waterproofing Project mass project no Set no. project manual. University of Oklahoma Sarkeys Energy Center Atriums Waterproofing Project mass project no. 1801.01 07 12 2018 Set no. project manual. University of Oklahoma Sarkeys Energy Center Atriums Waterproofing

More information

PROJECT MANUAL UNIVERSITY HALL BOILER REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO. EM 610

PROJECT MANUAL UNIVERSITY HALL BOILER REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO. EM 610 PROJECT MANUAL For UNIVERSITY HALL BOILER REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO. EM 610 Prepared For: UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT COLORADO SPRINGS September 27, 2010 Prepared By: SCHENDT ENGINEERING CORP. 2912 Beacon Street

More information

AWT 9TH FLOOR IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF ANAHEIM, CALL CENTER CREDIT & BILLING DEPARTMENTS, ANAHEIM, CA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AUGUST 2, 2018

AWT 9TH FLOOR IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF ANAHEIM, CALL CENTER CREDIT & BILLING DEPARTMENTS, ANAHEIM, CA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AUGUST 2, 2018 CITY OF ANAHEIM, CALL CENTER CREDIT & BILLING DEPARTMENTS, ANAHEIM, CA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AUGUST 2, 2018 ROBERT BORDERS & ASSOCIATES. General Conditions AIA A201 by reference. TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION

More information

CITY OF RICHMOND EDI BUILDING WINDOW REPLACEMENT PROJECT MANUAL. Commonwealth Architects

CITY OF RICHMOND EDI BUILDING WINDOW REPLACEMENT PROJECT MANUAL. Commonwealth Architects CITY OF RICHMOND EDI BUILDING WINDOW REPLACEMENT 701 North 25th Street Richmond, Virginia 23223 PROJECT MANUAL PERMIT SET FEBRUARY 27, 2017 Commonwealth Architects 101 Shockoe Slip Richmond, VA 23219 CITY

More information

AWT 2ND FLOOR IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF ANAHEIM, HOUSING AUTHORITY & WORKPLACE, ANAHEIM, CA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OCTOBER 24, 2017

AWT 2ND FLOOR IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF ANAHEIM, HOUSING AUTHORITY & WORKPLACE, ANAHEIM, CA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OCTOBER 24, 2017 CITY OF ANAHEIM, HOUSING AUTHORITY & WORKPLACE, ANAHEIM, CA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OCTOBER 24, 2017 ROBERT BORDERS & ASSOCIATES. General Conditions AIA A201 by reference. TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1

More information

CITY OF RICHMOND EDI BUILDING WINDOW REPLACEMENT 701 North 25th Street Richmond, Virginia PROJECT MANUAL BID SET April 4, 2018

CITY OF RICHMOND EDI BUILDING WINDOW REPLACEMENT 701 North 25th Street Richmond, Virginia PROJECT MANUAL BID SET April 4, 2018 CITY OF RICHMOND EDI BUILDING WINDOW REPLACEMENT 701 North 25th Street Richmond, Virginia 23223 PROJECT MANUAL BID SET April 4, 2018 Commonwealth Architects 101 Shockoe Slip, Fl 3 Richmond, VA 23219 CITY

More information

TOWNES + architects, P.A.

TOWNES + architects, P.A. TOWNES + architects, P.A. 2421 North 12th Avenue, Pensacola, Florida 32503 Telephone: (850) 433-0203 Florida Registration AA-26001051 PROJECT MANUAL City of Pensacola Fleet Maintenace Garage Re ovation

More information

Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements

Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division SECTION NO. VOLUME ONE Title SECTION TITLE Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 11 00 Invitation to Bidders 00 21 00 Instructions to Bidders

More information

DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Section 00 00 10 Title Page 00 00 20 Table of Contents DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Section 00 02 00 Invitation

More information

LCCC MAIN PLANT BOILER BURNER UPGRADES

LCCC MAIN PLANT BOILER BURNER UPGRADES LCCC MAIN PLANT BOILER BURNER UPGRADES FOR Laramie County Community College (LCCC) 1400 East College Drive Cheyenne, WY 82007 ENGINEERS Cator, Ruma & Associates 420 West Lincolnway Cheyenne, WY 82001 PROJECT

More information

New Mexico State University Herritage Farm Interpretive Trail

New Mexico State University Herritage Farm Interpretive Trail PROJECT MANUAL PROJECT MANAGER: SHELLEY ZIVKOVICH 575-646-1991 shelleyz@nmsu.edu New Mexico State University Herritage Farm Interpretive Trail APRIL 28, 2017 PROJECT #206-88 WDG ARCHITECTS 1014 South Main

More information

INVITATION FOR BIDS FOR

INVITATION FOR BIDS FOR ********************************************************************************************** IFB NO. Y18-749-RM ISSUED: March 16, 2018 INVITATION FOR BIDS FOR EAST ORANGE HEAD START MODULAR RELOCATION

More information

1. Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1. Section Temporary Facilities and Controls for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,

More information

SPECIFICATIONS. Permit Set RICHMOND CITY HALL: SUITE 110 RENOVATIONS. City of Richmond, Virginia Architect s Project No

SPECIFICATIONS. Permit Set RICHMOND CITY HALL: SUITE 110 RENOVATIONS. City of Richmond, Virginia Architect s Project No SPECIFICATIONS Permit Set RICHMOND CITY HALL: SUITE 110 RENOVATIONS ARCHITECT RICHMOND, VIRGINIA MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA A/E s Project No. 563109

More information

CHAPEL HILL TOWN HALL RENOVATIONS UPPER LEVEL, SOUTH CHAPEL HILL, NORTH CAROLINA

CHAPEL HILL TOWN HALL RENOVATIONS UPPER LEVEL, SOUTH CHAPEL HILL, NORTH CAROLINA SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,

More information

1. Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1. Section Temporary Facilities and Controls for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,

More information

UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATIONS April 15, 2015

UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATIONS April 15, 2015 SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,

More information

Project Manual Index of Specifications Shenandoah Schools Concession Building

Project Manual Index of Specifications Shenandoah Schools Concession Building INDEX OF SPECIFICATIONS Division 0..BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00 11 13 Advertisement for Bids 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 00 41 00 Bid Forms 00 43 13 Bid Security Form 00 72 00 General Conditions

More information

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories Fire Extinguishers

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories Fire Extinguishers DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 012500 Substitution Procedures 012600 Contract Modification Procedures 013100 Project Management and Coordination 013150 Requests for Information 013200 Construction Progress

More information

RANDOLPH COMMUNITY CENTER GYMNASIUM FLOOR REPLACEMENT

RANDOLPH COMMUNITY CENTER GYMNASIUM FLOOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT MANUAL RANDOLPH COMMUNITY CENTER GYMNASIUM FLOOR REPLACEMENT CITY OF RICHMOND Richmond, Virginia Architect s Project No. 563107 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER RICHMOND, VIRGINIA A/E s Project No. 563107 set

More information

DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00 00 10 Title Page 00 00 20 Table of Contents DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Section 00 02 00 Notice to Bidders

More information

SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SECTION 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other

More information

THE FORUM ROME, GEORGIA FOR FLOYD COUNTY PROJECT MANUAL (BALLROOM AND CONCESSIONS) Construction Documents

THE FORUM ROME, GEORGIA FOR FLOYD COUNTY PROJECT MANUAL (BALLROOM AND CONCESSIONS) Construction Documents THE FORUM ROME, GEORGIA FOR FLOYD COUNTY PROJECT MANUAL (BALLROOM AND CONCESSIONS) Construction Documents Architect s Project Number: 420.01.01 Issued: November 11, 2016 PEACOCK a r c h i t e c t s 5525

More information

SSM Project: Centennial School District Issued for Bid AC Unit Replacements 05/16/2014 Klinger and Log College Middle Schools

SSM Project: Centennial School District Issued for Bid AC Unit Replacements 05/16/2014 Klinger and Log College Middle Schools Division Section Title SPECIFICATIONS GROUP General Requirements Subgroup DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012900 PAYMENT

More information

SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES

SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES SECTION 012900 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specifications Sections apply

More information

DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00 00 10 Title Page 00 00 20 Table of Contents DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Section 00 02 00 Notice to Bidders

More information

BOWIE STATE UNIVERSITY CAR PARKING LOT

BOWIE STATE UNIVERSITY CAR PARKING LOT BOWIE STATE UNIVERSITY CAR PARKING LOT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 100% CD SUBMISSION NOVEMBER 2, 2018 Prepared by WHITNEY, BAILEY COX & MAGNANI, LLC 300 East Joppa Road, Suite 200 Baltimore, Maryland 21286

More information

County of Elko, Nevada Requirements, Specifications and Contract Documents. Mechanical System Upgrade, Project Manuel. Jackpot, Elko County, Nevada

County of Elko, Nevada Requirements, Specifications and Contract Documents. Mechanical System Upgrade, Project Manuel. Jackpot, Elko County, Nevada 1 County of Elko, Nevada Requirements, Specifications and Contract Documents for Jackpot Recreation Center Mechanical System Upgrade 2016 Project in Jackpot, Elko County, Nevada Department of Community

More information

ENTRY SECURITY MODIFICATIONS

ENTRY SECURITY MODIFICATIONS Rio Rancho Public Schools ENTRY SECURITY MODIFICATIONS Volume 2 of 2 Divisions 01 through 28 Mountain View Middle School Project Number 083105-16-002 Rio Rancho Cyber Academy Project Number 083018-16-001

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS Public Safety Building

TABLE OF CONTENTS Public Safety Building DOCUMENT 00 01 10 - TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 31 32 Geotechnical Data DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 Summary

More information

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS PENSACOLA INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT PARKING GARAGE REHABILITATION

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS PENSACOLA INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT PARKING GARAGE REHABILITATION PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS PENSACOLA INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT PARKING GARAGE REHABILITATION CITY OF PENSACOLA November 2018 SECTION 011000- SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general

More information

SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS

SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS INDIANA UNIVERSITY BIDDING REQUIREMENTS NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID FORM INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACTOR S BID FOR PUBLIC WORK - FORM 96 (REVISED 2005) MINORITY,

More information

Coastal Carolina University RE-BID WILLIAMS BRICE RENOVATION AND REPAIR Conway, South Carolina

Coastal Carolina University RE-BID WILLIAMS BRICE RENOVATION AND REPAIR Conway, South Carolina Project Manual for Coastal Carolina University RE-BID WILLIAMS BRICE RENOVATION AND REPAIR Conway, South Carolina DWG Consulting Engineers 1009 Anna Knapp Blvd. Suite 202 Mt Pleasant, South Carolina 29464

More information

HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE FIRING RANGE AND WORKOUT GYM PINEBROOKE BUSINESS PARK

HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE FIRING RANGE AND WORKOUT GYM PINEBROOKE BUSINESS PARK HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE 1208 / 1220 TECH BOULEVARD TAMPA, FLORIDA 33619 TO BE CONSTRUCTED FOR: Hillsborough County Sheriff s Office 2008 East 8 th Avenue Tampa, Florida 33605 DATE ISSUED:

More information

TCC/SHORE TRANSIT BUS MAINTENANCE FACILITY - PHASE II

TCC/SHORE TRANSIT BUS MAINTENANCE FACILITY - PHASE II SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other

More information

RWA, Inc. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NORTH COLLIER BOULEVARD PAVING AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS Willow Park Drive Suite 200 Naples, FL 34109

RWA, Inc. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NORTH COLLIER BOULEVARD PAVING AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS Willow Park Drive Suite 200 Naples, FL 34109 RWA, Inc. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NORTH COLLIER BOULEVARD PAVING AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS 6610 Willow Park Drive Suite 200 Naples, FL 34109 MAY 23, 2012 NORTH COLLIER BOULEVARD PAVING AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS

More information

NMSU Carlsbad Campus Main Building and Computer Building DDC Control Upgrade. Project Manual Technical Specifications Review Submittal May 12, 2017

NMSU Carlsbad Campus Main Building and Computer Building DDC Control Upgrade. Project Manual Technical Specifications Review Submittal May 12, 2017 NMSU Carlsbad Campus Main Building and Computer Building DDC Control Upgrade NMSU Facilities and Services Department P.O. Box 30001 Las Cruces, NM 88003-8001 Project Manual Technical Specifications Review

More information

FRANKLIN VILLAGE APARTMENTS Building I Franklin Street Morristown, NJ Block: 3901 Lots: 4,5,6

FRANKLIN VILLAGE APARTMENTS Building I Franklin Street Morristown, NJ Block: 3901 Lots: 4,5,6 PROJECT MANUAL for: FRANKLIN VILLAGE APARTMENTS Building I Morristown, NJ 07960 Block: 3901 Lots: 4,5,6 Owner: Atlantic Health Investment Corp. 200 American Road Morris Plains, NJ 07950 Architect NETTA

More information

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 11 00 Notice To Bidders 00 21 00 Instructions To Bidders 00 22 00 Supplementary Instructions To Bidders

More information

PROJECT MANUAL. Phi Delta Theta Phase NW 13 th Street Corvallis, OR Varitone Architecture LLC

PROJECT MANUAL. Phi Delta Theta Phase NW 13 th Street Corvallis, OR Varitone Architecture LLC PROJECT MANUAL Phi Delta Theta Phase 2 120 NW 13 th Street Corvallis, OR 97330 Varitone Architecture LLC 231 SW 2nd Ave. PO Box 3420 Albany, Oregon 97321 Project Contacts Owner Phi Delta Theta Chapter

More information

GADSDEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM PROJECT

GADSDEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM PROJECT GADSDEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM PROJECT JUNE 13, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL SAVANNAH-CHATHAM COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEM DULOHERY WEEKS GADSDEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM PROJECT TABLE

More information

VAE VIEW ELEMENTARY WINDOW REPLACEMENT West 1600 North Layton, UT Specifications. Construction Documents

VAE VIEW ELEMENTARY WINDOW REPLACEMENT West 1600 North Layton, UT Specifications. Construction Documents VAE VIEW ELEMENTARY WINDOW REPLACEMENT 1750 West 1600 North Layton, UT 84041 Specifications 19 March 2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 PREREQUIREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS A101 A201 A310 A312 G701

More information

RICHMOND PUBLIC SCHOOLS

RICHMOND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT MANUAL RICHMOND PUBLIC SCHOOLS E.S.H. GREENE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION PROJECT DEPT. OF EDUCATION NO. 123-144-00-100 DIVISION 1 (DRAFT SPECIFICATIONS) PREPARED BY RRMM ARCHITECTS ARCHITECTURE

More information

RICHMOND PUBLIC SCHOOLS

RICHMOND PUBLIC SCHOOLS PROJECT MANUAL RICHMOND PUBLIC SCHOOLS NEW MIDDLE SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION ON HULL STREET CONSTRUCTION PROJECT DEPT. OF EDUCATION NO. 123-108-00-100 DIVISION 1 (DRAFT SPECIFICATIONS) PREPARED BY RRMM ARCHITECTS

More information

1. Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1. Section Temporary Facilities and Controls for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. CSB 7th Floor Orthopaedic Surgery Office Renovation Phase 2 SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

More information

C. The Work consists of office suite renovations in the second floor of the Missouri State Capitol. The Work includes:

C. The Work consists of office suite renovations in the second floor of the Missouri State Capitol. The Work includes: SECTION 011000- SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general prov1s1ons of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections

More information

SPECIFICATIONS May 25, Ellicott Station Redevelopment Brewery Building - 40 Ellicott Street Ellicott Street Batavia, New York United States

SPECIFICATIONS May 25, Ellicott Station Redevelopment Brewery Building - 40 Ellicott Street Ellicott Street Batavia, New York United States SPECIFICATIONS May 25, 2018 Ellicott Station Redevelopment Brewery Building - 40 Ellicott Street Ellicott Street Batavia, New York United States Ellicott Station Development, LLC 500 Seneca Street Suite

More information

Hard Rock Hotel and Casino - Tulsa Casino 3 and Suite Hotel Exterior Painting Bid Issue Issue Date: 18 March 2013 Project Number

Hard Rock Hotel and Casino - Tulsa Casino 3 and Suite Hotel Exterior Painting Bid Issue Issue Date: 18 March 2013 Project Number Hard Rock Hotel and Casino - Tulsa Casino 3 and Suite Hotel Exterior Painting Issue Date: 18 March 2013 Project Number 13-201.1 9400 Gateway Drive, Suite B Reno, NV 89521 775.852.3977 (p) 775.852.6543

More information

OSNI PONCA OFFICE REMODEL

OSNI PONCA OFFICE REMODEL OSNI PONCA OFFICE REMODEL PROJECT MANUAL OCTOBER 2016 SCHEMMER PROJECT NO. 06571.002 OSNI PONCA OFFICE REMODEL TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000115 LIST OF DRAWING

More information

Watercrest - Sand Hill - Columbia, SC TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

Watercrest - Sand Hill - Columbia, SC TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Watercrest - Sand Hill - Columbia, SC 00 0110-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Document 00 0101 Document 00 0110 Project Title Page CONTRACTING

More information

ADDENDUM 2 - JULY 14, 2015

ADDENDUM 2 - JULY 14, 2015 7/9/2015 The Professional(s) of Record above has signed for the following specification sections: DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 10 00 Summary of Work Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures

More information

TRUMAN STATE UNIVERSITY BALDWIN HALL, PERSHING BLDG AND VIOLETTE HALL ROOFING & EXT. RENOV.

TRUMAN STATE UNIVERSITY BALDWIN HALL, PERSHING BLDG AND VIOLETTE HALL ROOFING & EXT. RENOV. SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,

More information

SANTA FE STATION KDOT Grant No. 23 TE

SANTA FE STATION KDOT Grant No. 23 TE SANTA FE STATION KDOT Grant No. 23 TE-0373-01 PRESERVATION PROJECT 413 E 7 TH Street - Lawrence, Kansas Project Manual Issue Date: July 15, 2015 KANSAS DEPT. OF TRANSPORTATION Dwight D. Eisenhower State

More information

University Apartments on Brooklyn PROJECT MANUAL

University Apartments on Brooklyn PROJECT MANUAL Section 011000 - Summary PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Phased construction. 4. Work under separate contracts. 5. Access

More information

CONTRACTOR S PROPOSAL

CONTRACTOR S PROPOSAL WEST VIRGINIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DIVISION OF HIGHWAYS ALL ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR CALL NUMBER CONTRACTOR S NAME CONTRACTOR S FEIN BID AMOUNT DBE GOAL (%) WV LICENSE NUMBER PREQUALIFICATION

More information

Willow Oak Veterinary Hospital

Willow Oak Veterinary Hospital Project Manual For Willow Oak Veterinary Hospital Durham, North Carolina Linton Architects Project #1219 September 11, 2013 Linton Architects 331 West Main Street, Suite 608 Durham, North Carolina 27701

More information

CITY OF IMPERIAL, CALIFORNIA WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT HEADWORKS UPGRADE PROJECT

CITY OF IMPERIAL, CALIFORNIA WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT HEADWORKS UPGRADE PROJECT CITY OF IMPERIAL, CALIFORNIA WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT HEADWORKS UPGRADE PROJECT IMPERIAL, CALIFORNIA VOLUME 2A Technical Specifications AUGUST 2015 Section SECTION 00020 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1. DIVISION 00 - INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS & CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Pages

TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1. DIVISION 00 - INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS & CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Pages TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 DIVISION 00 - INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS & CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Pages SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS...... 1 PROJECT PERSONNEL & DIRECTORY......

More information

Northridge High School Remodel

Northridge High School Remodel CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS general construction volume divisions 0 thru 48 1 Northridge High School Remodel 2 4 3 0 N H I L L F I E L D R O A D I L A Y T O N, U T A H OWNER D a v i s S c h o o l D i s t r

More information

DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION PROJECT SCHEDULE

DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION PROJECT SCHEDULE DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 32 16 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All drawings and technical specifications, Notice to Bidders, Instructions and Information to Bidders, Bid Proposal

More information

East Central College

East Central College SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other

More information

PIKES PEAK PARKING RESTORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS

PIKES PEAK PARKING RESTORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 23 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING - Basic HVAC Requirements 238239.19 - Wall and Ceiling Unit Heaters

More information

Ogden Regional Medical Center Courtyard Remodel. Construction Documents. MountainStar Healthcare PROJECT MANUAL FOR

Ogden Regional Medical Center Courtyard Remodel. Construction Documents. MountainStar Healthcare PROJECT MANUAL FOR PROJECT MANUAL FOR Ogden Regional Medical Center 5475 South 500 East Ogden, UT 84405 for MountainStar Healthcare Construction Documents NJRA Architects, Inc. 5272 South College Dr. Murray, Utah 84123 Telephone:

More information

DREW UNIVERSITY SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL & M.E.P. HALL OF SCIENCES LABORATORY 129 AND 133 RENOVATION. 36 Madison Avenue Madison, New Jersey

DREW UNIVERSITY SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL & M.E.P. HALL OF SCIENCES LABORATORY 129 AND 133 RENOVATION. 36 Madison Avenue Madison, New Jersey SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL & M.E.P. DREW UNIVERSITY HALL OF SCIENCES LABORATORY 129 AND 133 RENOVATION 36 Madison Avenue Madison, New Jersey NK Project #2199.000 ISSUED FOR REVIEW March 09, 2018 95 Washington

More information

IBMF STATE OF GOOD REPAIR UPGRADES

IBMF STATE OF GOOD REPAIR UPGRADES IBMF STATE OF GOOD REPAIR UPGRADES City of North Las Vegas, Nevada SPECIFICATIONS For 14-092 December 26, 2013 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01100 SECTION 01250 SECTION 01290 SECTION 01310 SECTION 01322 SECTION

More information

Project Manual. Beaverton School District Beaverton High School Gymnasium Improvement Beaverton, Oregon. Issue date: December 21st 2017

Project Manual. Beaverton School District Beaverton High School Gymnasium Improvement Beaverton, Oregon. Issue date: December 21st 2017 Project Manual Beaverton School District Beaverton High School Gymnasium Improvement Beaverton, Oregon Issue date: December 21st 2017 18241 Beaverton High School Gymnasium Improvement TABLE OF CONTENTS

More information

Scope of Repair Davenport Grade School Roof Repair

Scope of Repair Davenport Grade School Roof Repair Scope of Repair Grade School Roof Repair Prepared for: Graehm Wallace Perkins Coie LLP 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4900 Seattle, WA 98101-3099 Date of Issuance: March 19, 2018 SECTION 011000 SUMMARY OF WORK

More information

YOSEMITE FIRE PROTECTION PHASE II MAJ 15-MJ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

YOSEMITE FIRE PROTECTION PHASE II MAJ 15-MJ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS YOSEMITE FIRE PROTECTION PHASE II TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CALIFORNIA POLYTECHNIC STATE UNIVERSITY ONE GRAND AVENUE SAN LUIS OBISPO, CALIFORNIA 93407 PROJECT NO. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK PROJECT TITLE

More information

1.4 USE OF EXISTING ELEVATORS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES (NO ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR IS CONTRACTED FOR THE PROJECT)

1.4 USE OF EXISTING ELEVATORS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES (NO ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR IS CONTRACTED FOR THE PROJECT) 1.4 USE OF EXISTING ELEVATORS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES (NO ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR IS CONTRACTED FOR THE PROJECT) The use of an existing elevator during construction shall be strictly prohibited. Any deviation

More information

PROJECT MANUAL FOR: HUMPHREYS CO. SHERRILL BUILDING RENOVATIONS: NEW URGENT CARE CLINIC & EXTENSION SERVICE OFFICE

PROJECT MANUAL FOR: HUMPHREYS CO. SHERRILL BUILDING RENOVATIONS: NEW URGENT CARE CLINIC & EXTENSION SERVICE OFFICE PROJECT MANUAL FOR: HUMPHREYS CO. SHERRILL BUILDING RENOVATIONS: NEW URGENT CARE CLINIC & EXTENSION SERVICE OFFICE HUMPHREYS COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR BELZONI, MISSISSIPPI APRIL 20, 2016 EMILY POOLE ARCHITECTURE,

More information

VOLUME 4 DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS

VOLUME 4 DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 Section Title Consultant Pages VOLUME 4 DIVISION 00-01 SPECIFICATIONS Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE All 5 00 01 11r6 TABLE OF CONTENTS All 7 00 21 13r1

More information

Scope of Work Bid Package C-8 - West Overhead Doors

Scope of Work Bid Package C-8 - West Overhead Doors Scope of Work Bid Package C-8 - West Overhead Doors CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and REQUIREMENTS The Work of this Agreement shall include but shall not be limited to all labor, fringe benefits, materials, tools,

More information

Franklin Hall Renovation TABLE OF Document Indiana University Bloomington

Franklin Hall Renovation TABLE OF Document Indiana University Bloomington VPS Project No. 2013022.00 Page 1 SPECIFICATIONS VOLUME I INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Document 000010 - Table of Contents... 6 Document 000011 - Certification and Seals... 2 Document 000012 - Project Directory...

More information

Project Manual OVERLAND PARK BRANCH & ESIS RELOCATION. for

Project Manual OVERLAND PARK BRANCH & ESIS RELOCATION. for Project Manual OVERLAND PARK BRANCH & ESIS RELOCATION for Chubb Floor 4 34 Corporate Woods 10950 Grandview Drive Overland Park KS 66210 Issued for Bid & Permit July 18, 2016 SECTION 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS

More information

PAULDING COLLEGE & CAREER ACADEMY

PAULDING COLLEGE & CAREER ACADEMY PAULDING COLLEGE & CAREER ACADEMY 000110 OF THE PROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF: PAULDING COLLEGE & CAREER ACADEMY DALLAS, GEORGIA DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000101 TITLE

More information

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY PROJECT NAME JOB # ISSUED: 03/29/2017

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY PROJECT NAME JOB # ISSUED: 03/29/2017 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification

More information

1. Instructions to Bidders AIA Document A701, 1997 Section of the above referenced IFB is hereby amended and restated as follows:

1. Instructions to Bidders AIA Document A701, 1997 Section of the above referenced IFB is hereby amended and restated as follows: Segments 3, 4, 6 and 7 Pier Repairs Invitation for Bids (IFB) Project/Contract #C4962 Addendum # 1 November 30, 2018 To All Bidders: 1. Instructions to Bidders AIA Document A701, 1997 Section 5.3.1.3 of

More information

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. for. Grossmont Community College. Main Chiller Plant Repair. El Cajon, CA. Bid Number B18.014

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. for. Grossmont Community College. Main Chiller Plant Repair. El Cajon, CA. Bid Number B18.014 PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS for Grossmont Community College El Cajon, CA Bid Number B18.014 Grossmont College Specification TOC 07/11/2018 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 ~ Summary 01 14 00 ~ Work

More information

Issued for Bid West Alexandria, OH 05/2018 WWTP Improvements Contract 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Issued for Bid West Alexandria, OH 05/2018 WWTP Improvements Contract 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 669.7403.001 West Alexandria, OH 05/2018 WWTP Improvements Contract 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page C-111 Advertisement for Bids 1-2 C-200 Instruction to Bidders 1-10 C-410 Bid Form for Construction Projects

More information

Multi-Institutional Academic Health Science & Research Center Evansville, IN

Multi-Institutional Academic Health Science & Research Center Evansville, IN SECTION 019113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division

More information

SECTION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL I 1 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS

SECTION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL I 1 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS SECTION 01 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary of Work: 1. General 2. Contract. B. Contract Considerations: 1. Schedule of values. 2. Applications for payment. 3.

More information

[FIELDHOUSE] FLOOR R E P L A C E M E N T FLAGSTAFF, AZ

[FIELDHOUSE] FLOOR R E P L A C E M E N T FLAGSTAFF, AZ [FIELDHOUSE] FLOOR R E P L A C E M E N T FLAGSTAFF, AZ P R O J E C T M A N U A L VOLUME 1 OF 1 1729 EAST OSBORN ROAD PHOENIX, AZ 85016 CD ISSUANCE NAU PROJECT NO.: 09.0330.171 LIGHTVOX PROJECT NO.: 3001.16.01

More information

ADDENDUM NO. 2 Consisting of 3 pages and Attachments

ADDENDUM NO. 2 Consisting of 3 pages and Attachments 10404-125 Street, Edmonton, AB. T5N 1T2 Tel: 780.455.5975 Fax: 780.454.2397 info@cdyarchitect.com ADDENDUM NO. 2 Consisting of 3 pages and Attachments PROJECT: Maina Centre Ville Phase II, Beaumont, Alberta

More information

PROJECT MANUAL WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY FACILITIES PLANNING & MANAGEMENT DESIGN SERVICES 5454 CASS AVENUE DETROIT, MICHIGAN 48202

PROJECT MANUAL WAYNE STATE UNIVERSITY FACILITIES PLANNING & MANAGEMENT DESIGN SERVICES 5454 CASS AVENUE DETROIT, MICHIGAN 48202 PROJECT MANUAL FACILITIES PLANNING & MANAGEMENT DESIGN SERVICES 5454 CASS AVENUE DETROIT, MICHIGAN 48202 ROOF REPLACEMENT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK BUILDING 5447 WOODWARD AVENUE, DETROIT, MICHIGAN 48202 WSU

More information

Project Manual. Unitarian Universalist Congregation of Princeton 50 Cherry Hill Road Princeton, New Jersey Lot: 11 Block: 5201

Project Manual. Unitarian Universalist Congregation of Princeton 50 Cherry Hill Road Princeton, New Jersey Lot: 11 Block: 5201 Project Manual for Alterations & Building Addition to: Unitarian Universalist Congregation of Princeton 50 Cherry Hill Road Princeton, New Jersey Lot: 11 Block: 5201 SCHEMATIC DESIGN ISSUE NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

More information

Robert M. Ball Conference Room Renovation Project

Robert M. Ball Conference Room Renovation Project ROBERT M. BALL BUILDING SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION CAMPUS WOODLAWN, MARYLAND Robert M. Ball Conference Room Renovation Project Specifications Prepared for: General Services Administration Region 3

More information

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF BRAMPTON LANDSCAPE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01001-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Work Covered By Contract Documents.1 Work covers, in general terms: demolition, removals, site preparation and complete construction

More information

Schendt Engineering Corporation 2912 Beacon Street (719)

Schendt Engineering Corporation 2912 Beacon Street (719) Schendt Engineering Corporation 2912 Beacon Street (719) 637-8850 Colorado Springs, CO 80907-9207 www.secengr.com ADDENDUM NUMBER 1 DATE: 5 July 2017 OWNER: PROJECT: University of Colorado Colorado Springs

More information

ANTELOPE VALLEY COLLEGE PALMDALE AIRPORT TERMINAL REMODEL

ANTELOPE VALLEY COLLEGE PALMDALE AIRPORT TERMINAL REMODEL PALMDALE AIRPORT TERMINAL REMODEL 21000 20 TH STREET EAST, PALMDALE, CA 93550 for ANTELOPE VALLEY COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT 3041 WEST AVENUE K LANCASTER, CALIFORNIA 93536-5436 PROJECT MANUAL AUGUST 15,

More information

AIR CONDITIONING SYRACUSE JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL

AIR CONDITIONING SYRACUSE JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL PROJECT MANUAL FOR AIR CONDITIONING DAVIS SCHOOL DISTRICT 1450 S. 2000 W. Syracuse, UT 84075 January 2017 BLANK PAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 GENERAL CONDITIONS 01 1000 Summary 01 2900 Payment Procedures

More information

1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1. Division 1 Section Temporary Facilities and Controls for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. CFA A HVAC PROJECT SECTION 01100 - PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification

More information

Document B252TM 2007

Document B252TM 2007 Document B252TM 2007 Standard Form of Architect s Services: Architectural Interior Design for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) This document has important legal consequences. Consultation

More information

Scope of Work Bid Package C-4 - West Polished Concrete

Scope of Work Bid Package C-4 - West Polished Concrete Scope of Work Bid Package C-4 - West Polished Concrete CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and REQUIREMENTS The Work of this Agreement shall include but shall not be limited to all labor, fringe benefits, materials, tools,

More information